Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Grocery Stores / Sainsbury's

Sainsbury's

sbry.l · LSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker sbry.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Grocery Stores
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Sainsbury's
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Sainsbury's Bank plc 
Annual Report and Consolidated Financial 
Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
COMPANY NUMBER: 3279730 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
2 
 
Contents 
 
Strategic Report 
3 
Strategy 
3 
Business model 
4 
Year in review 
6 
Our approach to non-financial and sustainability   
reporting 
7 
Environmental strategy 
20 
Social strategy 
24 
Key performance indicators 
26 
Financial review 
29 
Risk overview 
36 
Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report 
40 
Board of Directors 
42 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 
 
 
 
Financial Statements 
43 
Independent auditors’ report to the members of 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
54 
Consolidated income statement 
55 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
56 
Consolidated balance sheet 
57 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
59 
Consolidated cash flow statement 
60 
Notes to the financial statements 
131 
Alternative performance measures 
134 
Glossary 
 
 
 
Performance Highlights  
 
Statutory (loss)/profit before tax from 
Continuing Operations 
£(165)m 
(2023: £24m1) 
Net interest margin (underlying) 
4.7% 
(2023: 5.1%) 
Bad debt asset ratio 
2.1% 
(2023: 2.1%) 
Cost : income ratio (underlying) 
67% 
(2023: 64%) 
CET 1 Capital Ratio (transitional) 
17.1% 
(2023: 15.4%) 
Liquidity Coverage Ratio 
352% 
(2023: 281%) 
 Performance, including reference to the above headlines is 
explained in the financial review section on page 26. 
 
 
The alternative performance measures have been defined and 
reconciled to the statutory disclosures on page 132.  
 
1 The prior year has been restated following the classification of the 
mortgage business as a discontinued operation.  Refer to notes 3 & 14 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
3 
 
The Directors present their strategic report for the year ended 29 February 2024.  
The Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements includes the strategic report, the Directors’ report and both the Company 
and Consolidated Group Financial Statements and accompanying notes as applicable. Reference to ‘the Bank’ means Sainsbury’s Bank 
plc and reference to ‘the Group’ specifies the Bank and its subsidiaries. Further information on investment in group undertakings can 
be found in note 23. 
The Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of J Sainsbury plc, however, it is governed by its own Board and Executive Committee, 
independent from J Sainsbury plc (see Risk Overview and Governance sections on pages 29 and 36). These Group results are included 
in the consolidated J Sainsbury plc (‘the Sainsbury’s Group’) financial statements which are publicly available.  
The Bank is a public company limited by shares, incorporated and registered in England, and domiciled in the United Kingdom. Its 
registered office is 33 Holborn, London, EC1N 2HT. Our principal place of business is 3 Lochside Avenue, Edinburgh, EH12 9DJ. 
 
Strategic update 
On the 18 January 2024 the Sainsbury’s Group announced a strategy update, where the financial services products offered in the future 
will be provided by dedicated financial services providers through a distributed model.  
Over time, this means we will have a phased withdrawal from our core Banking business, with all our financial services products being 
provided by third parties. 
The Group is currently developing plans aligned to this strategic intent and revised future operating model.  We will continue to support 
colleagues, customers and our existing products through this transitional phase. 
We continue to prepare our accounts on a going concern basis, after due consideration of the risks resulting from this strategy 
change.  More detail on this assessment is provided on page 41. 
Current business model 
Throughout the financial year 2023/24, we continued to drive value for the Sainsbury’s Group by striving to be an agile, capital and cost-
efficient provider of simple, mobile led financial services for Sainsbury’s and Argos customers.  
 
We offer a range of retail banking services and related financial services wholly within the UK.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banking products: 
• 
Funds are raised through savings deposits and wholesale sources. We use these sources of funding to lend to customers or 
hold them as liquid assets. 
• 
Our savings and lending products are sold and serviced online or by telephone. 
• 
Our Mortgages business was sold to the Co-Operative Bank in August 2023 – see page 5 for details.  
Commission products: 
• 
Insurance products are offered to customers where we act as a broker to a number of underwriters on Car and Home and as 
an Introducer to several insurers across Pet, Life and Travel. All products are available online or via telephone. 
• 
Travel Money services are available to customers at our Bureaux counters in Sainsbury’s supermarkets and online.  Foreign 
currency is acquired wholesale and sold to customers at a retail rate with margin. We also earn fees on prepaid cards and 
money transfer services.  
• 
Our ATMs provide easy and free access to cash with machines, predominately within Sainsbury’s and Argos stores.  
 
 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
4 
 
Year in review 
Always offering value and making it easy for our customers 
Ever more so with on-going cost of living pressures, customers seek the best deals with brands they can trust. Throughout the year, we 
have sought to be the natural choice for Sainsbury’s shoppers with seamless, straightforward financial products. Supported by our 
brand and aligned to our consumer duty commitments, we are focused on delivering value while being a trusted ally to our customers.  
In Argos Financial Services (AFS), we have seen fantastic levels of connectivity with 
Argos throughout the year, for example with the launch of our “Pay No Interest” 
campaign to coincide with the Argos 50th birthday celebrations. 
Our Net Promoter Score (NPS) for Sainsbury’s Bank and Argos Financial Services 
brands remains strong, supported by continued developments of customer online 
journeys. Argos Financial Services is up 2.5 points while Sainsbury’s Bank is up 2 
points from Q4 last year. 
Stepping up in Digital for our Customers 
With customers at the heart of our digital designs, we have continually enhanced, tested and optimised each step of their product 
journeys with us, resulting in a 13% increase for the Bank’s customer satisfaction score on last year.   
In Credit Cards, our mobile app has seen numerous improvements in functionality throughout the year. 
These enhancements include View PIN, dynamic minimum payments, balance transfers and Pay by Bank.  
Pay By Bank gives our customers more payment options, with around half of all app payments being made 
using this method.  
In Loans our streamlined application process has seen higher levels of customers complete the journey they 
begin, and the new digital top-up functionality gives our customers a new channel of choice, with 87% of loan 
top ups now done online.  
 
In Insurances, Pet have made improvements in both self-service and the digital claims journey, 
including easier navigation of policy information at claim stage. Within Car and Home, digital customer 
journeys have been improved to make it clearer to customers which product and optional extras are 
right for them. Travel Insurance customers are now able to check documents, make changes and renew 
policies online. Life insurance also launched on Compare the Market, 
increasing our visibility. 
 
Travel Money made usability and customer experience improvements within the mobile app, which 
helped us see an extra 37,000 transactions from customers ‘loading' their cards with currency than the 
previous year. Our mobile app has a strong rating of 4.6 and 4.2 stars on the Apple App and Google Play 
stores respectively at February 2024 (out of 5 stars). 
Connectivity 
 
Our total number of customers in Sainsbury’s Bank decreased slightly, from 1.9 million at February 2023 to 1.8 million at February 2024.  
This was driven by Credit Cards, where we significantly reduced Balance Transfers in light of market pricing relative to increased 
funding costs; but partially offset by Loans and Insurance customer increases. Customer numbers in Argos Financial Services have 
reduced from 2.1 million to 2.0 million at February 2024 due to the tightening of credit policy, reducing the number of new accounts 
being accepted.  
Nectar continued to be an integral part of our strategy to connect with Sainsbury’s customers, with 81% of our customers holding a 
Nectar card and benefiting from Nectar points and rewards across a range of products. We are communicating more with our customers 
through nectar channels, which delivers 37% of our non-digital direct sales. 
We continued to support the growth of our Sainsbury’s core food business and general 
merchandising, funding over £1.7bn of retail spend on our Credit Cards, Store Cards and Monthly 
Payment Plan products across Sainsbury’s, Argos and Habitat. 
 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
5 
 
Sale of the mortgage business 
The mortgage portfolio was sold to The Co-operative Bank Plc on 15 August 2023, reflecting the earlier strategic decision to exit 
mortgages to simplify the business. This reduced customer lending by £449m on sale.  Although the risks and rewards of the business 
have transferred, we continue to service mortgages customers until legal transfer takes place, expected in summer 2024. 
Following this, the Group has reclassified the mortgage business as a discontinued operation in the current year in accordance with 
the requirements of IFRS 5 “Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations.” The consolidated income statement has 
been restated accordingly to show only the Continuing Operations of the Group, with profit after tax from discontinued operations 
presented as a single line at the foot of the statement. Interest expense of £9m (2023: £13m) in respect of the cost of funding the 
mortgage business is presented within net interest income from continuing operations, as it cannot be attributed to liabilities entered 
into specifically to fund the mortgage business.  All notes to the financial statements supporting the consolidated income statement 
have also been restated, with prior year restatements explained in Note 3. The Group has disclosed an income statement, statement of 
cash flows and the net loss on disposal relating to this transaction in Note 14, where we also present management views of the 
profitability of the business inclusive of funding costs and an allocation of overhead costs. 
Banking business 
We launched our ‘Everyday Credit Card’, which has increased our customer eligibility for a Sainsbury’s credit card. Loans personal 
pricing was launched in July 2023, providing our customers with an early indication of their likelihood of acceptance and interest rate. 
In June, we won Moneyfacts Best Personal Loan Provider for the second year in a row and were commended for Best Card Provider. 
In Savings, we launched a partnership with Hargreaves Lansdown, meaning we can serve more customers in a new channel with more 
propositions.  
In Argos Financial Services Store Cards, our ‘pay no interest’ offering has supported an increase in credit sales of 5% from last year, as 
well as providing incremental sales for Argos. 
With our announced future move to a distributed model, we have withdrawn our Monthly Payment Plan from Argos Financial Services.  
We made some targeted investments in existing fraud systems as well as expanding our use of remote document verification and 
behavioural biometrics on personal Loans and Credit Cards.  This resulted in improved fraud resilience across all our unsecured credit 
products, with a 44% year-on-year reduction in fraud losses across the Group. 
Commission business 
Our Insurance strategy is to be the insurance provider of choice for Sainsbury’s shoppers. We want to be the provider of products of 
great value for Sainsbury’s Nectar card holders, through discounts and intelligent pricing, with the quality-of-service Sainsbury’s is 
known for. Our switch and save campaign helped to contribute towards new business within Pet which is up 10% from last year. Home 
has also seen a strong year of new business growth, up 30% from last year. We launched our ‘Essentials’ product within Car in June 
2023, offering our customers more choice at a price point which is right for them.  
Our Travel Money product had a brilliant year, when looking at our NPS score which is up 29 points from Q4 last year. Sainsbury’s 
customers loved our launch of Nectar prices, with over 1 million transactions on Nectar rates since launch helping drive total currency 
transactions for the year up 27% from last year. Our customers ordering online are also now able to collect Euros and US Dollars at their 
local instore bureau from as little as four hours after ordering.  
Our ATM estate supports the access to cash initiative, legislation put in place by the government to ensure financial inclusion across 
the UK. We installed 12 ATMs in areas identified as needing access to cash following recent closures of other ATMs. These machines 
are not in Sainsbury’s or Argos stores.  We are proud to say that £1 in every £9 withdrawn through the ATM LINK network in the UK is 
from a Sainsbury’s Bank machine, highlighting how important our ATMs are to customers.  
 
Consumer Duty 
Delivering good customer outcomes has always been our focus, this is core to our brand and culture. New Consumer Duty regulations 
came into force in July 2023, providing us with an opportunity to reassess our delivery of good customer outcomes, while making sure 
that we are compliant. Our customers have had external pressures from rising costs, driven primarily through higher inflation, higher 
interest rates and the price of energy, meaning it’s more important than ever that we continue to support them. Whilst we have not 
identified any significant risks for customers receiving poor outcomes, we have taken action to make improvements.  
Our new strategy will provide better choices, functionality and, ultimately, improve outcomes for customers in the medium to longer 
term. The risks and impacts of this change will be carefully managed during any transition. 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
6 
 
NON-FINANCIAL AND SUSTAINABILITY INFORMATION STATEMENT 
This page sets out how the Group has complied with various reporting and regulatory and governance requirements
Non-Financial Reporting Directive 
The Group has complied with the updated non-financial reporting directive requirements contained in 
sections 414C, 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. The table below sets out how we have 
responded to the requirements, with reference to other sections of the Annual Report where necessary. 
Business Model 
The Group seeks to provide quality financial services to Sainsbury’s and Argos 
customers at an affordable price. The business model is outlined on page 3 of 
this Strategic Report 
Environmental 
Refer to Page 7 of Strategic Report for the Group’s strategy for climate and pages 
7 to 19 for an update on progress made in the year 
Social 
Details on our interaction with our communities is outlined on page 20 
Our customers 
Details on our approach to our customers in outlined page 20 
Our employees 
We aim to make the Group a great place to work for all colleagues. Our approach 
to achieve this is outlined on page 20 
Gender Pay Gap 
Details on gender pay gap is outlined on page 21 
Human Rights  
and Modern Slavery 
Details on our approach to Human Rights and Slavery is outlined on Page 21 
Anti-corruption/Anti-
bribery 
Details on our approach to Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery is outlined on Page 
21 
Wates Corporate Governance Principles 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc applies the Wates Corporate Governance Principles for Large Private Companies 
(available on the Financial Reporting Council website). Information demonstrating how we applied the 
principles can be found throughout the Strategic Report as outlined below: 
Principle 1 – Purpose and Leadership 
See our business model (page 3) and strategy (page 3) 
sections of the Strategic Report. 
Principle 2 – Board Composition 
Outlined in the directors’ report on page 40 and the 
Strategic Report on page 37. 
Principle 3 – Director Responsibilities 
See the Strategic Report on page 37. 
Principle 4 – Opportunity and Risk 
See the Strategic Report on page 38. 
Principle 5 - Remuneration 
See the Strategic Report on page 38. 
Principle 6 – Stakeholder Relationships 
and Engagement 
Our engagement with stakeholders is outlined in the 
Section 172 statement opposite. 
 
 
Section 172 
The Board fully recognises its obligations under the Companies Act 2006, including those set out in section 
172. Its governance framework and regular programme of agenda items ensures it has due regard to: 
• 
The likely longer-term consequences of its decisions. The Board has historically approved a 
rolling five-year strategic plan on an annual basis, regularly monitoring progress through key 
metrics (which form the basis of KPIs outlined on pages 24 to 26) and sub-committees to provide 
appropriate review, balanced challenge and transparency on decision making. Given the recent 
strategic change, the Board will continue to consider the medium and longer-term 
consequences of any decisions and will develop appropriate KPIs as the strategy develops. 
• 
Maintaining the reputation of the Bank (and the Sainsbury’s Group brands it uses) for high 
standards of business conduct. The Board promotes the values of the wider Sainsbury’s Group 
across the organisation. These values help colleagues to know how to act at work and we believe 
they are right because they are also the way that many of us live outside of work too. The 
Sainsbury’s Group (including the Bank and its subsidiaries) has always had a strong sense of 
social, environmental and economic responsibility and an understanding that our success 
depends on society’s success. Further details on our approach to diversity, environmental and 
social factors are outlined in the Non-Financial reporting section on pages 7 to 21. 
• 
The views and interests of its key stakeholders. The Board seeks to understand the views of key 
stakeholders in order to inform effective decision-making and to deliver long-term success. It 
identifies our core stakeholders as: customers and communities; colleagues; investors; 
suppliers; and regulators. 
By taking regard of these factors, the Board seeks to ensure that the Directors have acted both individually 
and collectively in a way that would, in good faith, be considered likely to promote the success of the 
Group while having due regard to all its stakeholders and to the matters set out in paragraphs a to f of 
section 172 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Further information of our consumer duty can be found on page 23 of the strategic report. Information on 
how we have interacted with our stakeholders is located as follows: 
Stakeholder 
Strategic Report Reference 
Colleagues 
Page 20 
Customers 
Page 20 
Communities 
Page 20 
Investors 
Page 22 
Suppliers 
Page 22 
Regulators 
Page 22 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
7 
 
Environmental, Social and Governance 
 
Our approach to ESG  
 
We know our customers care about wide-ranging, complex issues that impact them and our wider 
world. They trust us to be a responsible business, whether that’s by supporting the communities we 
serve and source from, managing our environmental impacts or contributing to a healthier, more 
inclusive society.  
We strive to do the best for our customers and the business, addressing key ESG issues and living up 
to our Sainsbury’s values. We are committed to driving improvements across the ESG agenda while 
also leveraging Sainsbury’s environmental agenda. 
The section below gives more details on our Environmental and Social strategy and along with some 
of our successes to date. Refer to page 36 for our section on Governance.  
Environmental strategy 
This is the Group’s third year of reporting against the recommendations set out by the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD). The latest assessment can be found throughout the Strategic Report as outlined below: 
 
Governance 
Page 7 
- Board oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities 
- Management’s role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities 
Strategy 
Page 8 
- Climate-related risks and opportunities identified over the short, medium and long term
- The impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on our businesses, strategy and
financial planning 
- The resilience of the organisation’s strategy, taking into consideration different climate-
related scenarios, including a 2°C or lower scenario 
Risk management 
Page 13 
- Our processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks  
- Our processes for managing climate-related risks 
- How our processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related risks are
integrated into the organisation’s overall risk management 
Metrics and targets 
Page 17 
- The metrics used to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy
and risk management process 
- Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and the related risks 
- The targets used to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance
against targets 
Governance 
The Group is aligned with J Sainsbury’s plc governance on Environmental, Social and Governance (‘ESG’) related matters and is part of 
their “Plan for Better” initiative. It also has an objective of ensuring that key product and process decisions and the allocation of change 
resources/change programmes consider the environmental risk impact in a proportionate way and that this is appropriately 
documented. 
The Group complies with Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 which sets out the matters that directors must have regard to in 
fulfilling their duties to promote the success of the company, which include the interests of various stakeholders, and, in doing so, have 
regard to the impact of the company’s operations on the community and the environment. 
The Board’s oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities 
The Bank Board is the key governance body, meeting at least eight times a year, holding overall accountability for the decisions made 
and outcomes achieved by the Group, subject to specific reserved matters that require the consent of J Sainsbury plc. 
See page 36 for the full committee structure diagram. 
Board 
The Board reviews and approves the Group’s ESG strategy on an annual basis as well as the ESG policy and associated risk appetite 
metrics. The Board approves the Group’s Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), which includes climate stress testing 
analysis, and the strategic report that contains disclosures in respect of the environment. 
At its meeting in September 2023, the Board approved the annual refresh of the Group’s Corporate Plan which considered, amongst 
other items, the Plan’s impact on the future strategy across the ESG spectrum in relation to the Group’s product portfolios. 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
8 
 
ESG updates are scheduled quarterly throughout the 2024 calendar year, which will include monitoring of climate-related metrics and 
targets (including those in relation to GHG emissions). This will be supplemented with ESG-related training as and when required. 
Board Risk Committee (BRC) 
The BRC oversees the development, implementation, and maintenance of ESG risk management including responsibility for reviewing 
climate change risks and to alert the Board to any areas of concern. The committee is consulted on any breach of the Group’s risk 
appetite and proposed management actions in response to any breach. The BRC reviews and recommends to the Board the approval 
of the Group’s ICAAP (which includes climate stress testing analysis). 
At its meeting in June 2022, the BRC approved the Group’s ESG Risk Policy and Appetite following review and discussion at ERC via the 
ESG Forum. The High-Level Risk Appetite metrics were reported for the first time at the October 2023 committee and are presented at 
each meeting. 
Audit Committee 
The Audit Committee reviews the Taskforce for Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) included in the Group’s Annual Report, 
considering the evolving regulatory landscape.  
In addition, a high-level summary of the Group’s current and emerging risk profile, which includes any climate-related financial risks, 
are presented as part of the CRO’s risk report. 
Remuneration Committee 
The Remuneration Committee ensures that ESG-related commitments are included, and assessed, as part of the Executive balance 
scorecard which is used in assessing variable remuneration. The remuneration policy is reviewed on an annual basis. 
Management’s role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities 
Management continues to build knowledge and further embed business processes to support oversight of climate-related risks and 
opportunities within the Sainsbury’s Group’s business strategy. 
The ESG Programme Manager has responsibility for developing and delivering the Group’s ESG strategy. 
Executive Committee (ExCo) 
The ExCo reviews and recommends the Group’s ESG strategy to the Bank Board on an annual basis. 
Executive Risk Committee (ERC) 
The ERC oversees the ESG risk management framework and reviews performance against the ESG risk appetite metrics. The ERC is 
consulted on any breach of the Group’s ESG risk appetite and proposed management actions, informing the BRC as appropriate. 
ESG Forum 
The ESG forum meets on a quarterly basis with representatives across the business to discuss ESG plans and areas of further 
development, tracking progress against targets and broader ESG-related matters ahead of presenting this information to the ERC, BRC 
and/or the Board as appropriate. The ESG forum is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer (CRO), who is the Senior Manager responsible under 
the Senior Management and Certification Regime (SMCR) for managing the financial risks from climate change. The ESG Forum is 
attended by management-level colleagues from relevant areas of the Group so they can be kept informed about (and support with) 
climate-related issues that are monitored as they arise. ESG-related risks are identified and reviewed along with a materiality 
assessment using the Group’s Operational Risk Assessment Impact Matrix. 
Asset and Liability Committee (ALCo) 
ALCo oversees the approach and results of climate-related stress testing which is included in the Group’s ICAAP. 
Wholesale Credit Risk Forum 
The Wholesale Credit Risk Forum review exposures, limits, and counterparty credit risk performance with regards to ESG-related assets. 
Strategy 
The Group’s broader ESG approach is a ‘pragmatist strategy’, as agreed by Board, of doing what is right and sensible for both our 
customers and our wider business whilst ensuring we meet our legal and regulatory requirements related to climate risk. As the Group 
is included within the Sainsbury’s Group’s Net Zero Commitment, we aim to ensure that our Scope 1 and 2 emissions are net zero by 
2035 and our Scope 3 emissions are net zero by 2050 and that they are appropriately monitored, measured, and aligned to this target.  
The Group’s key strategic climate-related objectives are proportionate to the Group’s broader strategy which is based solely on 
unsecured lending with no mortgage portfolio (sold in 2023) or corporate lending propositions, as well as being predominantly 
outsourced and having no appetite for any exposure to carbon intensive industries.   
These objectives are summarised below: 
1. 
Assess Climate-related risks & opportunities – measure, manage and disclose climate risks and opportunities. 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
9 
 
2. 
Support the transition to net zero – in line with the Sainsbury’s Group’s target via reducing the Group’s own emissions. 
3. 
Alignment with industry developments – ensure that the Group remains in line with climate-related developments. 
4. 
No direct support or investment in carbon related assets – the Group’s Wholesale Credit Risk Policy states that the Group will 
not directly finance companies or organisations whose main activities actively contribute to climate change. 
5. 
Managing Scope 3 emissions – ensuring that we focus on addressing Scope 3 emissions as well as being aware of future 
market developments in how this is measured. 
It is noted that the announced planned strategic shift in the Group’s product offering to a distributed model through dedicated financial 
service providers, resulting in a phased withdrawal from its core banking business over time, will have an impact on future ESG goals. 
This will be subject to ongoing review as part of the ESG Forum as these broader strategic changes develop. 
Climate-related risks and opportunities identified over the short, medium and long term 
 
Definition of Time Horizons 
Time Horizon 
Description 
Short Term 
0 to 3 years 
Over the Group’s planning horizon 
Medium Term 
3 to 5 years 
Long Term 
5 to 30 years 
Determined by ICAAP climate risk stress testing horizon 
Climate-related risks 
Risks to the Bank from climate change arise through two factors, physical and transition risk. Further details of our assessment of these 
risks and mitigants is noted within the Risk management section of the TCFD report. 
The Bank has assessed and judged the materiality of the related risks based on their relevance to our business model and operating 
environment using an operational risk impact assessment matrix included within the Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF). 
This assesses the impact and likelihood of occurrence of each risk which results in a risk score and rating, with ‘High’ being a severe 
impact and almost certain of occurring (>£5m financial impact), ‘Medium’ being a significant and possible (£0.25m-£3m impact) and 
‘Low’ being unexpected and minor (<£0.25m). 
Climate risk 
factor 
Description 
Key drivers 
Materiality based on 
business model 
Horizon 
Physical 
risks 
Arise from the increased severity 
and frequency of extreme climate 
and weather-related events. 
Flooding 
Medium 
Long term 
Subsidence 
Low 
Coastal erosion 
Low 
Heatwaves 
Low 
Wildfires 
Low 
Hurricanes 
Low 
Desertification 
Low 
Transition 
risks 
Arise 
from 
the 
process 
of 
adjustment towards a low carbon 
economy. 
Government/Regulatory 
Policy 
High 
Medium 
term 
Carbon pricing 
Medium 
Medium/Long term 
Consumer sentiment 
Medium 
Investor sentiment 
Medium 
Technological change 
Low 
Long Term 
Climate-related opportunities 
As well as risks, the Group has identified several potential climate-related opportunities as part of our support of the transition to a net 
zero economy, which will be appropriately assessed in terms of their financial impact and viability. 
Opportunities 
Description 
Stakeholders 
Horizon 
Green finance 
Ongoing assessment whether there exists a 
market for new products to help Group customers 
reduce their carbon footprint, keeping us aligned 
with customer sentiment. 
Customers 
Medium term 
Knowledge sharing 
Engagement with colleagues, customers, and 
suppliers to increase understanding of climate-
related risks and drive transition to net zero. This 
ensures 
we’re 
responding 
to 
legislative/regulatory 
developments 
and 
changes in customer sentiment appropriately. 
Customers 
 
Colleagues 
 
Third party suppliers 
Short/Medium term 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
10 
 
Memberships 
and 
affiliations 
Assess whether opportunities exist to join or 
partner with external organisations to increase 
our understanding of climate-related risks and 
opportunities. This increases our awareness of 
technological changes that could impact our 
business. 
Colleagues 
 
Customers 
 
Third party suppliers 
Short/Medium term 
Waste and recycling 
Both reduce waste and increase the amount of 
recycling undertaken within the Group’s real 
estate. We will be eliminating single use items 
from the majority of Group canteens early in our 
next financial year. 
Colleagues 
 
Third party suppliers 
Short term 
ESG-related training 
Upskilling of colleagues to improve their 
understanding of ESG-related topics and ability 
to tackle them. 
Colleagues 
Short term 
 
The impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on our businesses, strategy and financial planning 
The Group’s corporate planning process (the ‘corporate plan’) is used to determine the actions and financial resources required to meet 
the Group’s strategic objectives, assessed against key financial targets and risk appetite metrics over a 5-year period (whereas our 
budget looks ahead over a 1-year period). As part of this process, the financial risks and opportunities from climate change are 
considered and assessed based on key inputs gathered from across the Group, which is then reviewed and approved by Board. 
Additionally, each business product owner is asked to consider the climate impact of their product and steps taken to reduce that 
impact. 
The corporate plan is also the basis on which climate-related stress testing is undertaken and used as a means of quantifying the 
materiality of the risks based on the Group’s chosen strategy. At the current time, the financial risks from climate change to the Group 
are low as there are no significant impacts on our financial performance or financial position from climate-related issues, and this is 
expected to remain so over the current planning horizon. 
Our business strategy is most likely to be impacted by climate-related risks and opportunities in the following ways: 
Key potential impacts 
Group response  
Physical Risks 
An increase in adverse weather events, such 
as flooding, may impact the resilience of 
our operations through damage to our 
premises, infrastructure, and disruption to 
our 
critical 
third-party 
services 
and 
colleagues. 
Our current real estate footprint is relatively small. The contract for our office in 
Edinburgh will end in 2024 and the new building that has been chosen has a much 
smaller footprint to ensure we are matching our needs with our demands. 
Ways of working already in place, including remote and hybrid working have seen an 
increase in working from home. Call centre staff are also included from an 
operational perspective. 
As part of the supplier onboarding process, an assessment of the environmental 
credentials of its suppliers and available alternatives is in place, looking to improve 
the Group’s indirect environmental impact where it is cost effective to do so. 
Annual supplier review forms are in place which consider climate-related 
information, where this is applicable on our supplier base. 
We consider the environmental credentials of third-party suppliers in the selection 
and management of external relationships. 
Contingency plans in the event of disruption to third party operations. 
An increase in adverse climate-related 
events, such as forest fires and storms, 
impact the delivery of some of our products 
& services. 
Forest fires in the summer resulted in increased demands on travel insurance and 
hence both claims and higher premiums. 
Increased number of storms impact the level of claims and premiums, and we see 
this increasing in factors, whereby only one event a year was used for calculations, 
and this is not increasing in forecasting due to higher than planned adverse weather. 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
11 
 
Transition Risk 
Changes in government policy or new 
regulatory requirements are introduced 
which increases the costs of doing business. 
Horizon scanning for new and emerging regulatory changes including government 
related policies. 
Research and development opportunities to ensure we move in line with market as 
and when it changes. 
Climate targets are developed and implemented to minimise and reduce our 
emissions over the medium to longer term. 
Assessing opportunities to invest in green related assets within the Treasury 
portfolio. 
An 
increased 
focus 
from 
customers/stakeholders 
on 
our 
green 
credentials may impact our reputation if 
the risks and opportunities are not 
effectively managed and disclosed. 
Increased demand for green products may 
impact on our profitability and growth if we 
fail to adapt to meeting changing customer 
preferences. 
Macroeconomic shocks in the UK due to 
increased global disruption from climate 
change may impact our future profitability 
and 
growth 
because 
of 
increased 
unemployment and/or reductions in house 
prices.  
Scenario analysis completed as part of our Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment 
Process (‘ICAAP’) process to better understand the potential financial related physical 
risk impacts. 
As the corporate plan is reviewed and updated on annual basis, the Group has a mechanism to review, respond and adapt as well as 
mitigate any potential risks as they arise that may impact the Group’s strategy. 
Additionally, as the Group is part of Sainsbury’s Group, we will contribute to their transition plan which can be found within the J 
Sainsbury plc Annual Report and Accounts as published on the website. 
Analysis of products & services 
Products and services are offered through Sainsbury’s Bank as well as Argos Financial Services, we’ve broken down our review into two 
key themes below: 
Operations 
Sainsbury’s Bank 
• 
Reduction in carbon emissions, energy, and wastage through digitisation of products & services: 
o 
There have been significant digital improvements across Credit Cards, Loans and Travel Money products, providing 
customers with the ability to self-serve whilst reducing customer calls into contact centre. As part of Consumer 
Duty, over 70 of our core customer journeys had been simplified to make it easier for customers to self-serve. Below 
are some of the key achievements for this financial year: 
 
Credit Cards – we have simplified our digital offering, with digital in-application balance transfers, which 
has helped reduce calls relating to balance transfers by 32%. We have also launched capabilities for 
reminding customers their card PIN digitally. 
 
Loans – we have provided customers with the ability to top up their existing loan digitally, reducing calls 
relating to loans top ups by 6% in the first month of launching this capability. Customers can also sign 
their documentation digitally now instead of using paper and complete ID checks without the use of 
paper/mail. 
 
Travel Money – we have made digital journey updates providing a seamless customer experience and 
increasing online conversion by 3%. 
 
Savings – Digital signature functionality also added in the last year and it is now possible to complete ID 
checks digitally instead of issuing through mail on paper. 
• 
Removal of plastic cards and introduction of a sustainable plastic substitute (PLA cards) for Travel Money creating a 
more sustainable way to pay 
o 
PLA cards have replaced previous plastic cards with a recyclable form reducing environmental pollution. 
• 
Reduction in paper production through use of digital solutions 
o 
Travel Money – removal of paper application for the Travel Money card and introducing digital applications at the 
bureau. 
o 
Car & Home Insurance – aim to reduce c.15% of paper production in the next financial year. 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
12 
 
 
• 
Reduction in air pollution through our transition to Electric Vehicles 
o 
Replacement of company car fleet, used by support staff, with electric vehicles at renewal is supporting our efforts 
in reducing carbon dioxide emissions. 
 
• 
Working with partners who share the same ethos of digital-first 
o 
Online claims process for Pet, Travel, Car, and Home Insurance via third party underwriters and reducing reliance 
on paper and calls into multiple contact centres. 
Argos Financial Services 
• 
At the end of January 2024, we turned off the in-store acquisition channel which is currently completely paper-based, making 
us digital-only acquisition. 
• 
We are already 80%+ for paperless statements with the removal of the store acquisition channel. Customers will no longer be 
unable to provide an email address, so all new customers will be digital by default. 
• 
Ongoing improvements to the functionality of our app, specifically around ability to change address and set up a direct debit, 
should reduce volume into the contact centre.  
Opportunities 
Sainsbury’s Bank 
• 
Future opportunities for consideration 
o 
Electric car insurance, a new product development, remains on our roadmap.  
o 
Offset carbon footprint through new product development into car and home insurance and contributing towards 
carbon offset projects. 
The resilience of the organisation’s strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a 2°C or 
lower scenario 
Scenario analysis 
The Group has developed a proportionate approach to climate risk scenario analysis as part of our ICAAP, to understand the potential 
future impacts of climate change on our overall risk profile and to inform strategic planning. 
Scenario testing approach 
Aligned with the Bank of England’s Climate Biennial Exploratory Scenario exercise, the Group models three climate-related 
scenarios as part of the ICAAP. As the exercise was released in 2021, the Early Action scenario assumes the beginning of the transition 
in that year. The scenarios assess the potential impacts from different combinations of physical, transition and economic risks over a 
30-year period. Impacts on expected losses are modelled on a static balance sheet i.e., assuming no new business or repayments of 
assets and liabilities and no management actions. It is noted that the modelling of climate change impacts is complex and uncertain, 
which is primarily driven from the long-time horizons that the risks are expected to materialise over, as well as uncertainties and 
impacts of future government climate-related policies. 
 
Scenario description 
 
Late Action 
Early Action 
No policy Action 
Description 
 
Disorderly transition to a net 
zero economy by 2050 
Orderly transition to a net 
zero economy by 2050. 
No further climate policy leading to 
3.3°C degree increase in temperatures 
by 2050. 
Transition risk 
High 
Medium 
Low 
Transition begins 
2031 
2021 
n/a 
Economic impact 
Sudden recession 
Temporary downturn 
Significant downturn 
Physical risk 
Low 
Low 
High 
Global 
temperature 
increase 
Limited to +1.8ºc 
Limited to +1.8ºc 
Reaches +3.3ºc 
 
Scenario conclusions 
The exploratory climate scenario analysis completed during 2023 has provided the following insights:  
• 
The primary risk associated with the Early Action scenario is ensuring that there is an adequate framework in place to assess 
the risks from climate change as transitions risks emerge. This is detailed in the Risk Management section.  
• 
The Group has limited impacts to physical risks both currently and under a range of future climate paths modelled over the 
next 30 years as the Group does not have a mortgage portfolio or undertake any corporate lending. 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
13 
 
• 
Most material impacts are related to transition risks under a late or no action scenario where overall actions to achieve a net 
zero are disorderly significantly impacting economic conditions. For the Group an increase in unemployment has a direct 
increase in total expected losses, however even under these scenarios the Group’s business model and capital position were 
found to be resilient to the risks. If the stress results were deemed to be significantly material, then a re-assessment of the 
Group’s strategy would be undertaken. 
• 
The Group continues to review and refine our scenario testing capabilities as additional data becomes available and further 
industry good practice emerges. 
Risk management 
The financial risks from climate change are included within the Environmental Risk component of the ESG principal risk type that forms 
part of the ERMF. The two key sub-categories of Environmental Risk are highlighted below, which can manifest principally via increases 
to the Group’s other principal risk  categories, namely retail and wholesale credit, market, reputational, operational, regulatory, legal, 
technological or liquidity and funding risks. 
Transition risks: These arise from the adjustment towards net-zero emissions, which will require significant structural changes to the 
economy. These changes will prompt a reassessment of a wide range of asset values, a change in energy prices and a fall in income 
and creditworthiness of some borrowers. In turn, this entails potential credit losses for lenders and market losses for investors. The 
transition to a net-zero economy also presents some opportunities for the financial sector, which are noted in detail below. 
Physical risks: These risks arise from the increasing severity and frequency of climate and weather-related events, such as sea-level 
rise and floods. These events damage property and other infrastructure, disrupt business supply chains, impact agricultural output 
and, more broadly, can lead to loss of life and migration. This reduces asset values, results in lower profitability for companies, 
damages public finances, increases the cost of settling underwriting losses for insurers and may lead to gaps in insurance coverage. 
Indirect effects on the macroeconomic environment, such as lower output and productivity, exacerbate these direct impacts. 
Our processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks 
Climate-related financial risks are currently low for the Group as it does not expect these risks to have a significant impact on its 
profitability or capital position now or over its 5-year corporate planning horizon. This conclusion is primarily driven from the fact that 
its lending portfolios are on an unsecured basis following the sale of the mortgage portfolio in 2023, so the key financial risks from 
climate change are more closely linked to the wider transition risks faced by the UK. 
To ensure that these conclusions are regularly reviewed and validated, certain risk management processes and methodologies, aligned 
to the ERMF, are used to facilitate the ongoing identification, assessment, treatment, and monitoring of this risk type and of its 
materiality to the Group. A summary of the key elements of this process are noted below: 
• 
Regulatory horizon scanning – The Group runs a robust horizon scanning process to identify, action and monitor any 
regulatory developments relating to climate risk matters which could impact corporate objectives and the delivery of our 
strategy. Each new development is flagged, assigned to a relevant individual/team, prioritised, and tracked through to 
compliance with oversight provided by the ESG Forum, Executive Risk Committee and Board Risk Committee. 
• 
Emerging risk review process – Within its suite of risk committee-level reporting, any key emerging risks connected to 
climate-related financial risks are identified, tracked, and discussed where appropriate at the ESG Forum, ERC and/or BRC. 
• 
Risk appetite & monitoring – A high level risk appetite metric is in place for ESG risk, which is tracked by the ESG Forum, 
ERC and BRC. This is subject to an annual review and recalibration in line with the Group’s broader review of all its other high 
level risk appetite metrics. 
• 
Stress testing (including operational risk scenarios) – The financial risk impact of climate risk on our portfolios is assessed 
via stress testing which is quantified within the Group’s ICAAP. This considers potential financial vulnerabilities as a result of 
three climate scenarios set out by the BoE as part of the Climate Biennial Exposure Scenarios (CBES) exercise. Additionally, 
scenario analysis is used as part of the ICAAP to ensure the Group retains sufficient capital for extreme, but plausible, 
operational risk events. 
• 
Incident management processes – Maintenance of an operational risk management framework, outlining the process for 
identification, assessment, mitigation and monitoring of operational risks, incident management protocols and reporting 
any operational risk losses are in place. This can be used to track for any potential physical risk events and assessing the 
materiality of any impacts. 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
14 
 
A summary of the relevant climate-related risks for the Group and potential risk impacts are noted below: 
 
 
 
Risk factor 
Risk description 
Horizon 
Risk mitigants 
Materiality 
Retail & wholesale credit risk 
Physical/ 
Transition risk 
 
If damages from physical risks are not 
insured, extreme weather events can 
create 
significant 
losses 
for 
homeowners, reducing their ability to 
pay their mortgage and may also have 
a knock-on impact on the ability of 
customers 
to 
repay 
unsecured 
lending products. 
Increasingly 
severe 
weather 
conditions 
could 
also 
start 
to 
negatively impact the wider economy 
through 
sustained 
damage 
to 
national 
infrastructure 
and 
weakening 
factors 
such 
as 
employment, economic growth and 
inflation. 
Increased default risk for wholesale 
counterparties exposed to climate 
change. 
Medium/ 
Long term 
The Group does not currently monitor 
any changes to the probability of 
default or loss given default that arise 
as a result of physical or transition 
climate risk; this has been deemed 
reasonable given our lending book is 
predominantly unsecured and does not 
have a mortgage portfolio. 
ICAAP transition stress testing is 
undertaken to assess any impact of 
significant macro-economic impacts 
from climate change and what this 
means for the Group. 
Horizon scanning for technological 
changes, 
changes 
in 
consumer 
sentiment of government and or 
regulator policies so we are kept 
appropriately aware of developments. 
Most sovereign assets held by the Group 
are UK-based, and the UK has been 
active in recognising the upcoming risks 
of climate change. 
The Group’s Wholesale Credit Risk 
Policy states that the Group will not 
directly 
finance 
companies 
or 
organisations whose main activities 
contribute to climate change. 
An ESG risk assessment is included in 
the Group’s wholesale counterparty 
credit risk assessment processes. 
Low 
Market risks 
Transition risk 
 
 
 
Changes in market pricing as a result 
of the implementation of new climate 
policies. 
Changes in the value of certain 
financial assets and liabilities as a 
result of macro-economic events in 
response to climate change. 
Long term 
ICAAP stress testing is undertaken to 
assess any impact of significant macro-
economic impacts from climate change 
and what this means for the Group. 
Medium 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
15 
 
 
 
Operational risk 
Physical risk 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business continuity is likely to be 
impacted by severe weather events, 
including 
infrastructure, 
staff, 
processes and offices and business 
disruption events arising from new 
and changing policy standards. 
Internal 
capability 
affected 
by 
physical events (i.e., floods, storms, 
etc.) preventing colleagues from 
accessing the office. 
Increases in operational losses linked 
to climate events. 
Medium/ 
Long term 
Corporate insurance policy is in place. 
Business 
continuity 
planning 
and 
operational resilience incorporates any 
flood-related events across the Group’s 
real estate. 
Remote working capabilities. 
ICAAP 
Pillar 
2A 
assessments 
of 
operational risk capital which reviews 
whether any capital may be needed to 
cover physical risk type events based on 
likelihood and impact. 
Regulatory 
horizon 
scanning 
and 
compliance assessments. 
Low 
Reputational risk 
Transition risk 
 
 
 
 
 
Stakeholder expectations and focus 
increase with regards to the Group’s 
management and response to climate 
risk, 
which 
could 
increase 
reputational-related risks. 
Reputational damage from third 
party relationships. 
Medium/ 
Long term 
Ongoing research and development to 
identify 
any 
market 
trends/opportunities including any new 
product development ideas specifically 
around ‘green’ products to ensure the 
Group meets customer demand and 
expectations. 
Supplier 
due 
diligence 
and 
exit 
planning. 
Annual supplier review forms and 
supplier onboarding forms are being 
updated to ask suppliers to consider 
climate 
risk 
and 
environmental 
sustainability. 
Medium 
Liquidity & funding risk 
Transition risk 
 
 
 
 
Erosion of savings deposits (e.g., due 
to property re-fit costs or loss of 
income 
from 
climate-related 
macroeconomic or transition impacts, 
etc.). 
Increased cost of wholesale funding 
due to change in investor appetite for 
green bonds. 
Changes in customer behaviour in 
relation 
to 
their 
assets/saving 
products. 
Medium/ 
Long term 
Annual ILAAP and recovery planning 
processes. 
Daily monitoring of the Group's liquidity 
position and a suite of early warning 
indicators. 
Liquidity management actions under 
the Recovery Plan. 
Climate risk disclosures articulating the 
Group’s approach to the management 
of climate risk. 
Review and assess any ‘green’ product 
propositions as appropriate to assess 
whether there is any viability for the 
Group. 
Low 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
16 
 
 
Our processes for managing climate-related risks 
The management of climate-related financial risks and opportunities has been incorporated into the Group’s ERMF and governance 
processes which ensures that the risks are visible and are being managed in line with Board approved risk appetite.  
Specifically, decisions to mitigate, transfer, accept or control any significant climate-related risks identified are made in accordance 
with ERMF principles. This involves assessing the potential impact and likelihood of risk crystallisation using approved risk 
measurement tools, making a materiality determination, and escalating through the risk governance and committee structures as 
appropriate.   
How our processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related risks are integrated into the organisation’s 
overall risk management 
The Group’s broader ESG approach is a ‘pragmatist strategy’, as agreed by Board, of doing what is right and sensible for both our 
customers and wider business whilst ensuring it meets legal and regulatory requirements, including the Sainsbury’s Group’s Net Zero 
Commitment by 2035. The Group’s associated risk management approach is aligned to this strategy, and we have developed a climate 
risk management framework, which forms part of the ERMF, to ensure that climate risks and opportunities are appropriately identified, 
measured, managed, monitored, and reported. 
The Group includes the financial risks from climate change within its ESG principal risk which is defined as the risks of any financial 
losses, reputational damage or failing to meet minimum regulatory requirements stemming from ESG-related factors. These factors 
have a bearing on existing risks across the Group’s other principal risk types (i.e., credit, market, or operational-related risks).  
The management of climate-related risks and opportunities has been incorporated into existing governance and risk management 
processes, where appropriate, and ensures that the risks are being managed in line with the Board approved risk appetite.  
 
Regulatory & legal risk 
Transition risk 
 
 
The Group is not compliant with 
ongoing legal and regulatory changes 
around climate risk. 
Increased operating costs as a result 
of higher compliance costs that 
impacts profitability. 
Medium/ 
Long term 
Regulatory horizon scanning presented 
to ESG Forum, ERC and BRC. 
Gap 
analysis 
and 
compliance 
assessments undertaken including any 
cost impacts. 
Low 
Technological risk 
Transition risk 
 
 
Costs to transition to lower emissions 
technology 
increases 
and/or 
unsuccessful investment in new 
technologies. 
Medium/ 
Long term 
Ongoing review of the market in terms 
of developments in new or alternative 
technologies. 
Low 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
17 
 
• 
Governance & reporting – The Chief Risk Officer (CRO) has been identified as the Senior Manager responsible under the Senior 
Management and Certification Regime for managing the financial risks from climate change. Executive Risk Committee (ERC) 
and Board Risk Committee (BRC) have oversight of climate-related financial risks and receive monthly high level risk appetite 
metrics related to climate risk. The Bank Board receive regular updates on specific plans to meet our climate strategy and 
progress against our targets. The Group is aligned with Sainsbury’s Group governance on ESG matters with the Group’s 
strategy presented at the Sainsbury’s Group ESG Steerco. A quarterly ESG forum has been set up to identify and assess climate 
change impacts in areas such as Strategy, Risk Management and MI and Disclosure. This provides a view of climate-related 
risks and opportunities which is used to inform progress around the Group’s ESG strategy and net-zero commitments.  
• 
ESG risk policy – The Group has a Board approved ESG risk policy (the ‘Policy’) and forms part of the Group’s suite of principal 
risk policies. The Policy must be reviewed, updated, and approved on (at least) an annual basis or more frequently if there are 
material changes required in the management and control of ESG risk within the Group.  
• 
ESG risk appetite limits – The Policy includes details of the Board approved High Level risk appetite metric, which is an 
aggregate measure based on an assessment of each the underlying ESG risk drivers (or directional risk metrics) that are most 
relevant to the Group. This is reported to the ESG Forum, ERC and BRC and is subject to an annual review and recalibration 
process in line with the Group’s broader risk appetite review. 
• 
Breaches and escalation processes – A breach is classified as non-compliance with the requirements of the ESG policy where 
no approved waiver or dispensation is in place. Any breach must be identified and escalated in line with the appropriate 
process to ensure that appropriate management action is agreed to remediate the breach within approved risk limits. This is 
fully documented within the Policy and in line with the ERMF. 
• 
Roles and responsibilities – The Group defines roles and responsibilities in relation to climate risk under the ‘three lines of 
defence’ approach. 
Metrics and targets 
The metrics used to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk management process 
The Group’s core target is to achieve net zero emissions by 2035 in line with the Sainsbury’s Group’s Net Zero Commitment – we aim to 
ensure that our Scope 1 and 2 Emissions, covering our direct and indirect emissions, are appropriately monitored, measured, and 
aligned to this target. The Group also contributes to the Sainsbury’s Group’s target for our Scope 3 emissions to be net zero by 2050. 
In addition to achieving net zero emissions, the Group (as part of its Board approved risk appetite framework), has in place specific 
climate-related risk metrics (non-GHG emissions metrics) which are tracked and reported monthly to the ERC and BRC. These metrics 
are deemed to be appropriate and proportionate at the current time based on the materiality of the financial risks arising from climate 
change, which are aligned to the Group’s business strategy. In line with the ERMF risk appetite, metrics are subject to an annual review 
to confirm that they remain fit for purpose or whether new and additional metrics are required. The performance and management of 
the risk exposures against Board approved metrics are also considered as part of remuneration assessment processes at the year end. 
The key climate-related risk metrics are highlighted below: 
• 
Physical risk events – number of events that are related to specific physical climate risk events that could lead to operational 
risk losses. 
• 
Minimum amount of waste recycled – the Group seeks to ensure that a minimum percentage of waste is recycled within 
its real estate. 
• 
Wholesale asset investments – the Group is looking to increase investments, where possible, in ESG eligible assets and has 
set out a minimum target to be reached.  
It is noted that the key risk for the Group remains closely linked to the wider economic risks from climate change or transition risks 
faced by the UK. This is assessed via specific stress testing as part of the ICAAP process and is deemed immaterial at the current time. 
The Group does not have any specific risk appetite metric for transition risk; however, it would be considered as part of the Group’s 
capital adequacy principal risk where capital related limits are in place. 
We have ESG related investments within our Treasury liquid asset portfolio, which corresponds to c.2% of our total Treasury assets. 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
18 
 
Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and the related risks 
Scope 1 & 2 emissions 
Emission Source 
Baseline 
Results 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
Scope 1 GHG emissions 
(tCO2e) 
312.37 tCO2e 
345.41 tCO2e 
290.32 tCO2e 
328.24 tCO2e 
Scope 2 (Location-based) 
GHG emissions (tCO2e) 
375.63 
tCO2e 
227.63 
tCO2e 
328 
tCO2e 
342.61 
tCO2e 
Total (tCO2e) 
688 tCO2e 
573.04 tCO2e (16.71% 
reduction against 
baseline) 
618.32 tCO2e (10.13% 
reduction against 
baseline) 
670.85 tCO2e (2.49% 
reduction against 
baseline) 
 
 
 
 
 
Scope 1 GHG emissions 
(tCO2e) 
312.37 tCO2e 
345.41 tCO2e 
290.32 tCO2e 
328.24 tCO2e 
Scope 2 (Market-based) 
GHG emissions (tCO2e) 
412.47 tCO2e 
257.78 tCO2e 
0 tCO2e 
0 tCO2e 
Total (tCO2e) 
724.84 tCO2e 
603.18 tCO2e (16.78% 
reduction against 
baseline) 
290.32 tCO2e (59.95% 
reduction against 
baseline) 
328.24 tCO2e (54.72% 
reduction against 
baseline) 
All Scope 1 emissions have been calculated using UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting 2023 for all sources. 
All Scope 2 Location based emissions have been calculated using UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting 
2023.  
Market-based electricity is covered by either a Power Purchase Agreement (PPA), a certified green tariff, or falls within onsite renewable 
generation from wind and solar energy. The Scope 1 and 2 emissions disclosed above relate to electricity and gas used in Group office 
locations and company car fuel use associated with Group employee travel. 
Note that the above does not currently include: 1) a percentage allocation of office locations for shared services, and 2) a percentage 
allocation for our travel money bureaus in Sainsbury’s stores. 
The Sainsbury’s Group’s near-term target is to reduce their Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 68% by 2030/31, which will help them achieve 
net zero by 2035. 
Scope 3 emissions 
 
Baseline 
Results 
2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
Scope 3 GHG 
emissions 
 3,725,444.72 
tCO2e 
3,854,204.16 
tCO2e 
3,258,250.15 
tCO2e 
2,840,287.03 
tCO2e 
3,370,918.61 
tCO2e 
3,665,241.92 
tCO2e 
Whilst the Group recognises there is a lack of an industry standard view of calculating Scope 3 emissions, we have adopted our own 
approach designed in collaboration between Sainsbury’s Group and The Carbon Trust, the results of which can be seen in the tables 
above and below. Over time, as methodologies develop and mature, the Group will look to eventually align with industry standards 
and, in the interim, look to enhance our own approach where opportunities exist to do so. 
The targets used to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against targets 
The Group has adopted (and feeds into) GHG emission reduction targets from Sainsbury’s Group, which are used to monitor progress 
against the Sainsbury’s Group’s ‘Plan for Better’ strategy. These GHG emission reduction targets are measured and monitored at the 
Sainsbury’s Group level. The Group feeds into certain non-GHG emission reduction targets from Group with the same view/approach. 
One of our office sites (Widnes) is split between Sainsbury’s Group and Group colleagues, but it should be noted the site as a whole has 
been included in the below. 
Additional details on the methodologies used to calculate the below targets and measures can be found within the J Sainsbury plc 
Annual report and Accounts.  

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
19 
 
Focus 
Metric 
Baseline 
Results 
Target5 
2019 
2022 
2023 
2024 
Reduction in 
carbon 
 emissions 
Absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG 
emissions within our own 
operations (tCO2e) 
N/A2 
603.18 
tCO2e 
290.32 
tCO2e 
328.24 
tCO2e 
- 68% Reduction by 
2030 
- Net Zero by 
2035 
Electricity which comes 
from renewable sources (%) 
17% 
41% 
100% 
100% 
100% renewable 
electricity 
Absolute Scope 3 GHG 
emissions (tCO2e)1 
 3,725,444.72 
tCO2e 
2,840,287.03 
tCO2e 
3,370,918.61 
tCO2e 
3,665,241.92 
tCO2e 
- 50.45% reduction 
by 2030 
- 90% reduction by 
2050 
Reduction in 
water use 
Absolute water usage 
within our own operations 
(m3) 
14,673.33 m3 
11,549.90 
m3 
11,951.60 
m3 
10,840.10 
m3 
- Water Neutral by 
2040 
Reduction in 
food waste3/4 
Food waste to anaerobic 
digestion (tonnes) 
15.570 tonnes 
13.860 
tonnes 
8.027 
tonnes 
3.630 
tonnes 
N/A 
1Group is out of scope of FLAG (Forest, Land and Agriculture)-related activities and therefore only focuses on the energy/industry component of the Sainsbury’s 
Group Scope 3 Emissions targets. 
2Sainsbury’s Group targets are based on a 2019 baseline, however Group data for Scope ½ is only available from 2021. 
3Measured from April of the preceding year to March of the noted year. 
4Group uses a different approach to Sainsbury’s Group with its metric for food waste, relying on a tonnage rather than intensity percentage-based metric. 
5The numbers presented in table are for the Group however the targets are set by the Sainsbury’s Group. 
 
 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
20 
 
Social Strategy 
Customers 
We have a customer strategy that makes best use of our data and insight to ensure we speak to our customers about relevant topics, 
in the right way, at the right time and through the right channels. We consider not only acquiring new customers, but also how best to 
retain, reward and support those already with us. We also want to make sure our services are accessible and easily understood by 
everyone, including people who have a disability or may need help understanding our more complex products. 
We have now implemented the FCA’s new Consumer Duty regulation and as part of this, monitor customer outcomes regularly across 
all our products and services. This ensures we are delivering good outcomes for our customers, including those with vulnerable 
characteristics. 
Customer satisfaction is measured through Net Promoter Score (NPS), capturing online and telephone feedback, and is reported to the 
Board. Findings are used to improve our customers’ experience and engagement with knowledge being shared across all our business. 
We also have a clear process for responding to customer complaints and any key themes that are identified are reviewed by the Board 
and senior management. 
Communities 
The Group’s Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) Forum supports the work of the ESG Programme 
Manager in setting our strategic approach as well as how we implement and embed it. By acting in the best 
interests of all our stakeholders, we can make a sustainable and positive contribution to our community. We also 
know that playing an active and supportive role in our community is important to our colleagues. It makes us all 
feel good to know we’re doing something for someone else. We actively participate in national awareness events, 
such as LGBT+ History Month, Black History Month and Purple Tuesday. 
In 2023/2024 our colleagues raised over £52,500 for charity, with the majority (£52,000) of that being for Maggie’s, who provide free 
practical, emotional, and social support for people affected by cancer. Maggie’s has been our charity partner since 2019 and we have 
raised over £200,000 for Maggie’s Centres since then. 
Colleagues 
We aim to make the Group a great place to work for all colleagues. Our ‘Making it Better 
Together Group’ is part of the Group-wide approach, enabling colleagues’ voices to be heard 
and providing an effective way to communicate what matters to our colleagues to make a 
difference in our business.  
This financial year, we’ve continued to embed Smarter Working as part of our colleague 
proposition – which focuses on more efficient meetings and working practices to allow more 
flexible working for all colleagues. By empowering our teams to work differently, we can 
individually and collectively be more productive, alongside having more time for customer-
centric thinking, innovation, focused work, and personal development. Unlocking better 
flexibility, choice, and balance in the way we work.  
Listening to our colleagues 
We want our colleagues to feel connected and engaged, we measure this through our annual colleague engagement survey The 
colleague happiness score of 69 is marginally down from 71 last year. Feedback on how line management treat, and support colleagues 
continues to be a positive, with colleagues saying they felt supported with their wellbeing, are well communicated to and that their 
line manager is approachable and accessible.  We have an active colleague engagement plan that includes ExCo listening sessions, 
colleague roadshows, and leader events to provide a broad range of opportunities to ask questions and share their feedback. 
A diverse and inclusive place to work 
As part of Sainsbury’s Group, we support their goal in being a truly inclusive retailer. The activities we’re undertaking to be a more 
diverse and inclusive organisation are fundamentally about fairness and equality. We are active in our drive for inclusivity and the 
progression of our diverse talent. With this diversity comes a variety of ideas and views that inform decision-making and enable us to 
understand our customers better.  
Being an inclusive organisation with diverse representation at all levels of our business is important to us. We acknowledge we still 
have a way to go, and we are committed to driving positive, sustainable change to improve the lived experience and opportunities for 
under-represented groups, be they colleagues or customers.  
 
 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
21 
 
 
Gender Diversity 
 
 
Ethnicity Diversity 
 
 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
% Females of Total Employees 
58% 
60% 
% Ethnically Diverse of Total Employees 
16% 
12% 
At each level: 
  
Upper 
39% 
42% 
 
Upper 
14% 
11% 
Upper Middle 
52% 
51% 
 
Upper Middle 
13% 
11% 
Lower Middle 
67% 
69% 
 
Lower Middle 
25% 
12% 
Lower 
72% 
77% 
 
Lower 
11% 
15% 
*All numbers quoted are based on the Full Pay Relevant headcount as at 5 April within each reporting year. The comparative figures have been restated as a 
result 
 
 
It’s important to highlight that it’s not mandatory for colleagues to share their ethnicity with us, in the 
way it is for gender. At our most recent snapshot in April 2023, 83.5% of colleagues shared their 
ethnicity with us. 
We have a workplace adjustment process to support colleagues with disabilities or long-term health 
conditions. We often work with our Occupational Health provider and the Government's Access to Work 
scheme to ensure that we meet their needs. Workplace adjustments can be made at any point of a 
colleague's employment with us.  
Gender Pay Gap  
Note the statutory gender pay gap disclosure is for colleagues employed by the Sainsbury’s Bank 
legal entity. Both the Bank and Argos Financial Services are also included within the J Sainsbury plc 
Annual report and Accounts.  
The mean gender pay gap of 31.1% (as at April 2023) has marginally improved from 34.3% in April 2022. 
The gap is, in part, reflective of the number of in-store Travel Money colleagues with around 35% of 
Sainsbury’s Bank colleagues working in these roles on hourly rates of pay and over 71% of these roles 
being held by women. In addition to the Travel Money colleague composition, Sainsbury’s Bank still 
has more men than women in the most senior roles and more women than men in hourly paid 
positions, further impacting the pay gap.  
Through the Women in Finance Charter (WIF), we had a target to achieve 40% female representation 
at senior levels by February 2024. We reached this target last year, with 41% in February 2023, but this 
has reduced slightly to 39% as of February this year. As a result of the strategic update in January 
2024, we’re reviewing all resignations that we receive and that will mean several different outcomes, 
which could include not backfilling all roles, which will have an impact on our representation levels 
throughout the organisation. We continue to ensure both gender and ethnicity is moderated through 
our talent and recruitment processes and will keep monitoring over the coming months but anticipate 
there could be further movement. 
We actively support our colleagues of all gender identities through our inclusion strategy and our LGBT+ colleague network, 
Proud@Sainsbury’s. 
Ethnicity Pay Gap 
Sainsbury’s Group include voluntary disclosures on the ethnicity pay gap at a Sainsbury’s Group level. This disclosure includes Group 
colleagues. 
Human rights and modern slavery  
The Group has zero tolerance towards modern slavery and human trafficking. We are committed to acting ethically and with integrity 
in all our business relationships. We work closely with our business partners and suppliers to ensure there is no place for modern slavery 
and human trafficking in any area of our business (including our supply chain). Our policies and procedures support and encourage 
colleagues to raise concerns relating to modern slavery or the suspected presence of it in our supply chain at the earliest opportunity. 
The Group’s Modern Slavery Statement is published on our website. 
Anti-corruption / Anti-bribery  
The Group is exposed to the risk of facilitating bribery or aiding corruption through the provision of financial services. This risk is 
managed through a clear set of policies, procedures and controls which are communicated to colleagues through regular mandatory 
training. The training material is reviewed and updated to reflect changes in legislation or best practice. The Supply Chain Management 
team regularly monitors suppliers to ensure that processes and controls are in line with the Group’s required standards. 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
22 
 
Other key stakeholders 
Investors 
J Sainsbury plc owns 100% of our equity capital and we also have debt investors through our Tier 2 capital issuance. Our Board sets our 
risk appetite to support and protect investor value and to ensure we operate within appropriate and agreed levels and types of risks.  
The Sainsbury’s Group’s interests are represented by an appointed non-executive director to ensure effective challenge and 
collaboration to grow our connected services. Where interests are not aligned, this is managed through disclosure and activities to 
minimise potential conflicts. In the financial year, the Sainsbury’s Group appointed non-executive director resigned and a new non-
executive director is expected to be appointed in May 2024. 
Suppliers 
Our Board understands the importance of our supply chain in delivering our plans and the long-term success of the business. We seek 
a strong degree of engagement with third party suppliers across the end-to-end supplier management process, from sourcing to 
procurement to relationship management to contract reviews. We recognise that when we outsource a service, we do not outsource 
the responsibility. We ensure our suppliers are compliant with regulatory requirements and have the necessary controls in place to 
manage risks effectively to make sure we continue to meet a high standard of conduct for our customers. Our Supply Chain Oversight 
Committee provides performance oversight of our suppliers and reports to senior management and the Board. 
Continuous and pro-active collaboration with our suppliers is undertaken on a regular basis. This provides a forum for developing the 
business relationship and to ensure we receive an effective service, identify, and manage risk appropriately and operate in line with 
our values. A key factor in building effective relationships with our suppliers is ensuring our requirements are clear and that they are 
paid on time. The Group’s iSupplier internet portal provides suppliers with access to the purchase orders raised and allows them to 
allocate their respective invoices once they have fulfilled the order requirements. 
Regulators 
We are regulated by the Prudential Regulation Authority for prudential issues and by the Financial Conduct Authority for conduct of 
business matters. We engage with regulators on an open, honest, and proactive basis, ensuring full compliance with the letter and 
spirit of the rules we operate within.  
We recognise the trust that customers place in the Sainsbury’s and Argos brands and seek to maintain that by operating in a safe and 
sound way. Our Conduct and Compliance Director provides oversight of any emerging compliance risks and reports any areas of 
concern to the Board. 
Strategic review of Financial Services division 
 
On the 18 January 2024, J Sainsbury plc, the Bank’s shareholder, announced that, following a strategic review of its Financial Services 
division, and consistent with its clear focus on the retail business, there would be a phased withdrawal from the core banking business 
with financial services products in the future being provided through third parties. 
This decision, taken with the full support of the Bank Board, recognises that, in the period since the Bank was first launched in 1997, 
there has been a significant level of change in the financial services industry with increased competition, more sophisticated customer 
expectations and reduced margins, all of which have impacted the long-term strategic aim of the Group to be the provider of financial 
services for loyal Sainsbury’s customers.  
Identifying that financial services could still unlock additional value through meeting certain customer needs around credit and 
loyalty, Sainsbury’s commissioned a series of independent third-party reviews to answer the following three questions: 
• 
What are the financial service needs of Sainsburys/ Argos customers? 
• 
Where is the best place for these services to be provided? 
• 
What operating model is required to support the future direction? 
Following these reviews, the Board and the Bank’s shareholder recognised that there were several alternative operating models in 
which the Group could both improve the financial services products offered to Sainsbury’s customers whilst also continuing to support 
a clear strategic focus on the Group’s retail business. 
Throughout the strategic review, the Board has been fully engaged with the development of the proposals and, where appropriate, has 
utilised its sub-committees to rigorously interrogate the range of potential outcomes ensuring that central to these discussions were, 
(i) customers, (ii) colleagues, (iii) risk mitigation, (iv) brand and reputation, and (v) key business partners. During the year the Board 
devoted extensive time at its meetings in evaluating the potential impact of the strategic change on the Bank, its subsidiaries, and its 
stakeholders. A dedicated change programme was established, and the Programme Director and the Accountable Executive provided 
regular updates to the Board throughout.  

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
23 
 
Ahead of the announcement by J Sainsbury plc on the 18 January 2024, the Board met to consider and confirm that, from the 
perspective of the Group, the preparatory work required to support the announcement, including a detailed risk assessment, had 
been undertaken and that there were appropriate plans in place to mitigate the risks identified. 
During the coming year, the Board and the Bank’s shareholder will critically evaluate the opportunities available to support the Group 
in continuing to offer high-quality, great value financial services products through a distributed model, as is already the case with the 
existing insurance products. Whilst there are alternative operating models which could achieve this goal, the Board will critically 
evaluate the options, and subsequent execution plans, against a range of criteria including the delivery of good customer outcomes 
and continued compliance with existing policies and regulations. 
The Board recognises that this will be a significant period of change for the Group and the intention is to provide clarity to customers, 
colleagues, and other stakeholders on the future strategic direction of the Group through regular updates throughout the coming year. 
In the short term, there will be no immediate changes to the Group’s existing products and services. Members of the Board and the 
Group’s senior management are actively engaging with its regulators throughout this process.  
Disposal of the mortgage portfolio 
 
Following a strategic decision taken in 2019 to discontinue new mortgages lending, the Bank had sought to sell the portfolio as a final 
step towards additional simplicity, cost reduction and eliminate the residual operational and conduct risks associated with running a 
small historic portfolio of assets. 
The Board sought to minimise the impact on colleagues, with only 2-3 individuals working directly on the mortgage book in the run up 
to the sales, with the wider operation supported by central functions and outsourced service providers. The sale would provide 
customers with more choice in terms of products and reduce the operational risk associated with managing a small book in run-off 
with limited resources. In recognising the fostering of good relationships with suppliers, the Board ensured that consultation took place 
between the Bank and the main third-party servicing supplier that would be impacted by the sale. The supplier was then engaged with 
possible purchasers who would likely continue to use them as a servicer in the medium term. In recognising the need to act fairly, it 
was warranted that any transaction would be completed at Fair Value thus ensuring all parties were treated fairly.  
After careful consideration the Board determined that the Mortgage sale would benefit the company and was in line with the 
Company’s strategy, at the time of August 2023, to reshape the balance sheet, simplify the organisation and strengthen the business 
for the benefit of its stakeholders. The priority for the Bank had been to find a buyer that would best meet the needs of its mortgage 
customers and the Board concluded that the purchasing entity would serve these customers well.  
Consumer Duty 
 
During the financial year, the Board and management continued preparation for the Consumer Duty regulation and invested extensive 
time and effort into understanding and monitoring the implementation of the FCA’s Consumer Duty rules. This followed and built on, 
the extensive Consumer Duty work that was detailed in the Strategic Report in the previous year. The Bank’s Chief Customer Officer 
continued to be the Accountable Executive for delivery of the project although, given the cross-cutting nature of the Consumer Duty 
rules, other Senior Manager Functions (SMF) holders within the Group remained accountable for delivering different aspects of 
it.  Rosanne Murison, a non-executive director, continued as Consumer Duty Board Champion and, with the Chair, CEO and Accountable 
Executive, ensured that project and business delivery, and customer outcomes monitoring results were being regularly considered, 
reviewed and discussed by the Board. 
Regular briefings on progress against the agreed milestones were provided to the Board by the Accountable Executive. During the 
regular briefings, the Board reviewed the embedding and monitoring of customer outcomes across the business and action plans where 
there could be potential customer harm. In addition, the Board challenged management to ensure that the Group was appropriately 
identifying all customers with vulnerable characteristics and how outcomes monitoring could be improved. 
The Group achieved compliance with Consumer Duty (open book) for July 2023 (when the new regulation came into effect). Following 
this deadline, the scope and deliverables for the second phase of the Consumer Duty project were agreed with five workstreams, each 
with an Executive Committee sponsor. These workstreams were designed to (i) ensure that the new ways of working delivered by the 
business in phase one were fully embedded, (ii) where management identified material risk of poor customer outcomes (pain points) 
these areas were rectified quickly, and (iii) ensure that the Mortgages book was compliant with the Consumer Duty requirements at 
the point of handover to the Co-operative Bank. A suite of new reporting templates was agreed for Customer Outcome Board Reporting 
which came into use from July 2023 onwards. This reporting included detailed metrics flagging exceptions by Consumer Duty outcome 
to Executive Committee and the Board, to permit effective escalation and for each SMF to identify trends for discussion and oversight 
of where corrective actions and plans were being taken. The Group is on track to deliver regulatory compliance by the end of July 2024 
for the closed book products. 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
24 
 
The Board recognises that compliance with the Consumer Duty rules should ensure a positive impact on the communities which the 
Group serves, including demonstrating appropriate levels of care for customers with vulnerable characteristics in society and 
reinforcing a culture of fairness and reasonableness with colleagues. The Board was also advised that delivery of Consumer Duty would 
encourage greater collaboration and shared values with suppliers to achieve fair value and good outcomes for customers, whilst 
achieving mutually beneficial business models.   
Overall, the Board was fully engaged with the development of the plans for compliance with the Consumer Duty regulation to ensure 
our customers receive good outcomes, devoting extensive time at its meetings, challenging management on progress, signing off the 
implementation plans and approach as necessary.   
Key performance indicators (KPIs)  
 
The Group’s disclosure of KPIs and Financial Review are completed on a management basis. See page 132 for the reconciliation between 
the management and statutory basis, including management basis of segmentation between discontinued and continuing operations.  
The KPIs used to manage the business were unchanged for the year ended 29 February 2024.  Given the strategic change and planned 
move to provide financial services via a distributed model, we expect KPIs may change in future.  This will be determined as our plans 
are developed. 
 
Financial 
Deliver the financial plan 
 
Underlying FS group contribution (£m) – profit before tax before any 
royalties paid to Argos and one-off items that are material and infrequent in 
nature  
 
 
Return on capital employed – underlying FS profit 
after tax divided by average equity 
 
 
Net interest margin – net interest 
income as a % of average interest-bearing 
assets 
Cost income ratio (underlying) – 
Underlying operating expenses as a  
% of total income 
Bad debt asset ratio – Impairment losses 
as a % of the average balance of loans and 
advances to customers 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
47 
58 
FY24
FY23
4.1%
5.5%
FY24
FY23
4.7%
5.1%
FY24
FY23
67%
64%
FY24
FY23
2.1%
2.1%
FY24
FY23

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
25 
 
 
Safe and sound 
Manage the business within risk appetite 
 
Tier 1 Capital Ratio – Tier 1 capital as a percentage of 
 risk-weighted assets 
 
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (spot) - Percentage of the 
stock of high liquid assets such as cash to net cash out- 
flow over a 30-day period 
 
 
Customers  
To be the provider of financial services for loyal Sainsbury’s Group customers, delivered through simple mobile led customer 
journeys 
 
Active customer numbers (million) – the number of  
customers who hold an active account (savings / loans / 
 credit card / insurance policy) 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net promoter score - proportion of customers who 
have completed a transaction classed as ‘promoters’ 
net of ‘detractors’ when considering the likelihood of 
recommending the Bank to a friend  
 
 
 
 Bank NPS methodology was changed to give equal 
importance to all customers, no matter which product 
is held. FY23 recalibrated score is 47, restated from 52  
 
 
 
 
 
17.1%
15.4%
FY24
FY23
352%
281%
FY24
FY23
1.8 
1.9 
FY24
FY23
Bank
2.0 
2.1 
FY24
FY23
AFS
49
47
FY24
FY23
Bank
57
55
FY24
FY23
AFS

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
26 
 
 
Colleagues1  
Continue to focus on an outstanding and engaged team 
 
Happiness score (%)- measures how happy 
colleagues are working at Sainsbury’s Bank. 
Includes AFS. 
 
 
Females in senior roles (%) - includes senior 
level colleagues and Board members. Includes 
AFS.  
 
 
 
Ethnically diverse colleagues in senior roles (%) - 
includes senior level colleagues and Board members. 
Includes AFS. 
 
 
 
 
 
1This data was gathered in a survey of colleagues in Q4 2023, which was prior to the announcement of the change to future strategy to a distributed model.   
 
Our performance, including reference to the above KPIs is further outlined in the business review on page 4 and the financial review 
below. 
Financial review  
This financial year we have made an underlying profit (group contribution) in Financial Services of £47m, compared to £58m in the 
prior year. The reduction results from margin compression following rising interest rates. 
 
 
 
Underlying income is 2% lower than prior year, reflecting the sharp and rapid increase in the Bank of England Base Rate adversely 
impacting our funding costs. Interest payable is up 161% and this cost has not been fully passed on to customers. We have had 
strong underlying interest receivable growth of 25%, driven by selective unsecured customer lending growth, customer margin 
management and from growth in Treasury assets. Fee, commission, and other operating income increased by 7%, notably in Travel 
Money and Argos Care.  
Underlying FS expenses increased by 2% due inflation and higher volumes leading to higher colleague and operating costs only being 
partially offset by lower fraud losses, marketing spend and depreciation. Our cost to income ratio has increased to 67% (FY 2022/23: 
64%), reflecting this pressure on income and costs. 
Impairment losses decreased by 5% reflecting the latest economic outlook for inflation and unemployment, a slightly reduced 
unsecured lending book and broadly stable arrears.  While Loans arrears are slightly higher, this has been offset by lower arrears for 
Store Cards.  Bad debt as a percentage of lending stayed flat year-on-year at 2.1%. 
The Bank remains well capitalised with a total capital ratio of 19.4%, compared to 17.8% at February 2023, driven by lower customer 
assets, being both a slightly reduced unsecured lending book and the absence of the mortgage portfolio sold in August 2023.  
Summary income statement and balance sheet 
The Group's performance for the year ended 29 February 2024 and financial position at the end of that period are presented in the 
income statement and balance sheet. A summarised income statement and balance sheet are presented below:  
 
 
 
69%
71%
FY24
FY23
38%
41%
FY24
FY23
6%
7%
FY24
FY23

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
27 
 
 
Summary income statement 
2024 
2023 
Change 
£m 
£m 
% 
Net interest income 
300 
320 
(6%) 
Other operating income 
145 
136 
7% 
Underlying income 
445 
456 
(2%) 
Underlying expenses  
(297) 
(292) 
2% 
Profit on financial instruments 
1 
1 
0% 
Underlying profit before impairments 
149 
165 
(10%) 
Impairment losses on financial assets 
(102) 
(107) 
(5%) 
Underlying group contribution1 
47 
58 
(19%) 
Less amounts recognised in Argos 
(19) 
(9) 
111% 
Underlying profit before taxation 
28 
49 
(43%) 
Less: items excluded from underlying results 
(189) 
(5) 
N/A 
Statutory (loss)/profit before taxation 
(161) 
44 
(466%) 
1 Underlying FS group contribution represents our profit before net royalties paid to Argos 
Statutory loss for the year ended 29 February 2024 was £161m compared to £44m profit in the prior year. The Financial Services Business 
announced a strategy update on the 18 January 2024 which has driven material changes to the results for the year.  
The overall loss of £161m is largely driven by a number of one-off non-underlying items as a result of the Strategy announcement 
(totalling £189m), including the write down of all intangible and tangible fixed assets (see below), and a £7m loss from the mortgage 
book sale to the Co-operative Bank on 15 August 2023. At the time of sale, the mortgage book value was £449m.  
Summary balance sheet 
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Change 
% 
Unsecured loans and advances to customers 
4,518 
4,729 
(4%) 
Secured loans and advances to customers 
- 
564 
(100%) 
Cash and cash equivalents  
1,112 
646 
72% 
Debt securities 
770 
741 
4% 
Intangible assets 
- 
179 
(100%) 
Tangible assets 
- 
9 
(100% 
Other assets 
416 
341 
22% 
Total assets 
6,816 
7,209 
(5%) 
 
 
 
Customer deposits 
4,165 
4,735 
(12%) 
Wholesale funds 
1,557 
1,212 
28% 
Subordinated debt 
122 
122 
0% 
Other liabilities 
223 
274 
(19%) 
Total liabilities 
6,067 
6,343 
(4%) 
 
 
 
Net assets 
749 
866 
(14%) 
 
In balance sheet terms, our year end unsecured loans and advances to customers decreased by 4%.  Most notably, Credit Card advances 
decreased by 20% as we reduced non-interest-bearing balances in light of increased funding costs (through reduction of promotion 
periods and balance transfer offers). Personal loans advances increased by 5%.   
Cash and cash equivalents increased 72% and debt securities by 4% reflecting our investment of excess deposits in additional high 
quality liquid assets.  
As referenced above, intangible and tangible fixed assets have been fully written down as a result of the announced change in strategy.  
Mortgage balances, our secured loans, were sold in the year.  
As we optimised funding, customer deposits reduced by 12%.  We carefully managed our customer rates to allow our deposit balances 
to fall as our lending balances reduced.  Wholesale funding was increased to invest high quality liquid assets (being debt securities) 
for margin. 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
28 
 
Net interest income  
 
Net interest income summary 
2024 
2023 
Change 
£m 
£m 
% 
Interest receivable  
493 
394 
25% 
Interest payable 
(193) 
(74) 
161% 
Net interest income  
300 
320 
(6%) 
Net interest margin  
4.7% 
5.1% 
(40bps) 
 
Interest received increased to £493m (25%) driven by increased unsecured balances, higher asset pricing on cards and loans, higher 
income from our Treasury liquid asset portfolio and the increased income on our interest rate swap portfolio. 
Consolidated net interest margin decreased by 40 basis points to 4.7%, driven by higher funding costs mitigated by Treasury asset 
income growth, higher unsecured lending margins as well as higher average unsecured lending balances. 
Fee, commission, and other operating income 
Fee, commission, and other operating income summary 
2024 
2023 
Change 
 
£m 
£m 
% 
Banking income 
68 
72 
(6%) 
Insurance income 
53 
47 
13% 
Other Income 
1 
1 
0% 
Total fees and commissions receivable 
122 
120 
2% 
 
 
 
Total fees and commissions payable 
(11) 
(12) 
(8%) 
Other operating income 
34 
28 
21% 
Net fees, commission, and other operating income 
145 
136 
7% 
Banking income decreased by 6%, largely due to less customers being charged over-limit and arrears fees given the strong credit 
quality observed and as a result of updates to our criteria storecards.  
Insurance income (which includes Argos Care) increased 13%, in large part due to the receipt of a larger than usual profit share from 
one of our insurance underwriter partners.  We also saw Argos Care Warranty penetration (of eligible sales in Argos) increase. 
The 21% increase in other operating income was driven by our Travel Money business as total sales grew 21% year-on-year as 
international travel was fully open for the entire financial year following the COVID 19 pandemic. 
Operating expenses and investment 
Operating expenses summary 
2024 
2023 
Change 
 
£m 
£m 
% 
Underlying staff costs1 
100 
94 
7% 
Underlying operating costs  
172 
165 
4% 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
1 
2 
(35%) 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
24 
31 
(24%) 
Underlying expenses 
297 
292 
2% 
1 Note that underlying staff costs includes payroll costs only. All other staff related costs (recruitment, training, and travel costs) are included in underlying 
operating costs. 
Underlying FS operating expenses of £297m increased by 2%. Inflationary colleague pay increases drove an uplift of 7% to staff costs. 
Excluding staff costs, operating expenses were flat with higher operating costs due to inflation and higher trading volumes offset by 
lower advertising and marketing spend, fraud losses and depreciation.  
 
 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
29 
 
Impairment losses on financial assets 
 
Impairment losses summary 
2024 
2023 
Change 
£m 
£m 
% 
Impairment losses on financial assets 
102 
107 
(5%) 
Bad debt asset ratio 
2.1% 
2.1% 
- 
 
Bad debt as a percentage of lending stayed flat at 2.1% (FY 2022/23: 2.1%). 
The Bank remains well capitalised with a CET1 ratio of 17.1%, an increase from 15.4% last year, and continues to have ample liquidity 
with an LCR of 352%.  This has risen from the 281% position in February 2023. 
Risk overview 
On the 18 January 2024, the Group announced a planned strategic shift in its product offering to a distributed model through dedicated 
financial service providers, which over time will result in a phased withdrawal from its core banking business. This introduces execution 
related risks as well as a series of other heightened risk types including people, liquidity and funding and profitability impacting capital 
adequacy. Our existing risk structures, as described below, were assessed and remain fit for purpose as we enter this period of change. 
Introduction  
The Group operates an Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF) which articulates the Group’s approach to risk management. 
It is a core component of our strategy and operations. We adopt a holistic, end-to-end view of risk, ensuring that the principal risks 
arising from our key processes and activities are effectively identified, assessed, managed, and controlled to make well informed 
decisions. This is supported and implemented via a three lines of defence model. This framework covers the Bank and its subsidiaries. 
The Chief Risk Officer performs a strategic risk management role and is responsible for managing and enhancing the ERMF. 
 
Our approach to ERMF includes the following key steps underpinned by a robust risk governance framework: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sets a clear 
understanding of risks 
relevant to the Group 
and our approach to 
managing them 
 
 
Identifies the key risk 
types that could 
materially impact 
upon on our chosen 
strategy and sets the 
level of risk we are 
willing to accept to 
achieve our strategic 
goals 
 
Details the specific 
requirements to 
support effective risk 
management 
 
Identifies key 
processes and 
ensures operational 
effectiveness of 
controls 
 
Ensures that risks 
are identified, 
monitored, 
escalated and 
treated effectively 
 
Designs, tests and 
enhances 
resilience to 
volatility under 
stress scenarios 
 
Risk strategy and culture 
Our risk strategy and culture are critical components within the ERMF which outlines the shared set of values and behaviours that 
defines how all colleagues approach and take ownership for the management of risks within the Group. This approach is underpinned 
by the Senior Managers and Certification Regime introduced by the FCA in 2016.  
The following key aims and principles define our risk strategy and culture. 
Aims (what) 
Insightful 
Customer-Focused 
Alert 
Resilient 
Engaged 
Principles (how) 
We identify and 
manage risk 
concentrations 
Good customer 
outcomes are at the 
heart of what we do 
We anticipate 
market trends; we 
don’t follow them 
We fund before we 
lend, and control 
before we grow 
Material risks are 
identified, and key 
controls are tested 
and reported 
 
 
Risk Strategy 
and Culture 
Group Strategy 
Informed 
Decisions 
Principal Risks + 
Risk Appetite 
Risk Policies 
 
Risk 
Management 
Risk 
Reporting 
Resilience & 
Stress Testing 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
30 
 
Risk Appetite 
Our principal risks represent those financial and non-financial risk types that are most material in the execution of the business 
strategy. There are ten principal risks which have been recognised and approved by the Board. These are reviewed annually to ensure 
they remain appropriate.  
Each principal risk identified within the ERMF has associated qualitative risk appetite statements that informs our strategy for 
managing risk. From these statements, specific quantitative metrics are established which articulate how much risk the Group can 
take in the pursuit of our strategic objectives. These metrics are reviewed and approved by Board on an annual basis. 
The Group’s risk appetite reporting structure includes: 
• 
A ‘High-Level’ Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) that provides a concise set of key Group-wide targets and limits, with a balance of 
current, forward-looking, and stress-based metrics for financial and non-financial risks.  
• 
‘Directional’ RAS limits for each of the Group’s principal risk types (e.g. retail credit risk, operational risk). These directional 
limits are designed to give early indications of changes in the internal and external risk environment, providing an outlook on 
whether we remain on-track to meet our ‘high-level’ risk appetite targets. 
Performance against both the ‘high-level’ and ‘directional’ RAS measures are monitored and reported to our Executive Risk Committee 
(ERC) monthly, and at each Board Risk Committee (BRC). Additionally, escalation processes are in place to notify Senior Executives and 
Board members of any high-level RAS measure operating outside of approved thresholds, including recommendations to reduce 
exposures back within appetite levels. 
Risk policies 
Our risk policies are aligned to the ten principal risk types to which our business model is inherently exposed (see separate section 
below). Each principal risk type has a principal risk owner that actively manages and oversees the risks in the Group in line with 
associated policy and supporting policy standards. These policies clearly articulate the objectives and requirements to be met to ensure 
that that these risks are managed effectively on a day-to-day basis, in-line with risk appetite. 
Risk management tools 
We use Process Risks and Control Assessments (PRCAs) to provide a process-centric approach to identify, measure, and control our key 
risks, which is underpinned by a robust evidence-based assessment of the control environment. Each material risk is assessed based 
on its inherent and residual risk exposure in the prevailing control environment and its target exposure if different from current residual 
levels. Where it is identified that controls need to be strengthened, treatment plans are put in place and actioned to mitigate the risk. 
This process, whilst in operation, is one which continues to be refined and matured to ensure the organisation’s control environment is 
operating within our risk appetite.  
Our Business Enterprise Risk Tool (BERT) is used to record and manage our key processes, the controls we have in place, any treatment 
plans to improve our control environment and to record our management of risk events. All required colleagues have access to BERT 
enabling them to view risk data against their own processes as well as across the organisation. 
We continually look to improve our controls in line with industry best practice and the environment in which we operate. 
Risk reporting 
Our risk reporting processes are critical to understanding the specific and aggregate levels of risk to which we are exposed and the 
effectiveness of our controls to manage these risks. We promote insightful reporting at all levels to encourage debate on what matters 
most, and to ensure effective action is being taken at an appropriate level to address any current or emerging areas of concern. 
Resilience plans and stress testing 
Financial and Operational Resilience are key areas of focus. Our capital and liquidity adequacy are assessed on at least an annual basis 
through the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment process (ICAAP) and the Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment process (ILAAP). 
Business recovery plans for severe incidents are reviewed on a regular basis, while our Recovery and Resolution Plans review and test 
our playbooks and recovery capacity in response to extreme but plausible threats to our viability. The Group also undertakes self-
assessment of its Operational Resilience Framework on an annual basis, which is approved by the Board.  It is noted that, ordinarily, 
the Group would undertake an annual test of its Liquidity Contingency Plan. However, this was superseded as the Group made live 
preparations ahead of the strategic announcement and for a period after to assess for any increases in liquidity outflows. This included 
increased oversight and governance via ALCo and daily liquidity interlock meetings which reviewed and confirmed the adequacy of 
available liquidity options that could be deployed in a stress supported by detailed daily MI to detect any early warning indicators. 
Risk management structure  
We adopt a Three Lines of Defence framework to provide a basis for the identification and management of all risks associated with our 
business model and strategy, which ensures there is effective oversight and challenge in place.  
Our Three Lines of Defence framework is deployed on the following basis: 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
31 
 
• 
First line. Primary responsibility for the identification, management, monitoring and control of risks rests with our commercial 
and operational teams. The first line teams, as subject matter experts, own the processes and controls used to manage risks 
within risk appetite complying with requirements detailed within risks policies and policy standards. 
• 
Second line. The independent risk management division is responsible for setting risk frameworks, policies, guidance and 
oversight within which the first line can manage its risks.  
• 
Third line. Our internal audit division provides independent assurance on the effectiveness of risk management and internal 
control processes in mitigating and reporting risks. 
 
Emerging Risks 
We regularly monitor emerging and evolving changes in the risk environment in order to promote early discussion to understand and 
address any threats or opportunities to our business model. We consider specific emerging threats and opportunities under the 
following broad themes: 
• 
Strategic. Reflects both our business model and the markets in which we operate. For example, regular consideration is given 
to changes in the competitive market resulting from new entrants or mergers and acquisitions (M&A) activity, and any resultant 
impact on margins.  
• 
Operational. Reflects changes in technology, the impact of internal processes or emerging external best practices. For example, 
we continually review the evolving nature of cyber-crime and its impact on the Group in terms of financial losses and 
operational costs to protect our customers.  
• 
Geo-political and economic. Reflects the impact of macroeconomic conditions and government policy on our markets. For 
example, we continue to reflect on UK market conditions arising from the Russia/Ukraine conflict and the impact changes in 
interest rates, inflation, the employment market, or house prices may have on the availability and demand for our products. 
• 
Regulatory and conduct. Reflects continued developments within the financial services sector including PRA and FCA 
consultations and changes to Basel regulations.  
As more information is known about an emerging risk relevant to the Group, it will be subject to a full risk assessment. Actions will 
then be taken to manage and control the risk, unless it is assessed as not relevant or not material to the Group. 
Economic and rate volatility – High interest rates and sustained pressures on the cost of living, mostly driven by higher energy and 
food prices, created uncertain economic conditions in 2023 straining customer’s household incomes and their ability to spend. 
Customer impacts are closely monitored with support offered as required. The Group also undertakes stress testing scenarios to ensure 
it has enough capital and liquidity to operate over a range of economic outcomes, including higher inflation. 
Geopolitical environment - The impact of increasing geopolitical risks, via Russia and Ukraine as well as with the expansion of 
tensions in the Middle East, further exacerbates potential downside economic risks in energy and commodity shortages, impacting 
the economic environment. 
Cyber-attacks – There is a constantly evolving threat from cyberattacks that are increasing in terms of sophistication, impact, severity 
and frequency. Continuing and further geopolitical tensions also raises our inherent risk profile with heightened monitoring in place 
for the detection of ransomware attacks. We also see data protection risks increasing as a function of cyber threats, which may feed 
through into higher conduct and fraud risk (anti money laundering and sanctions risks) if we were to witness non-compliant use of 
data. 
Artificial Intelligence (AI) and ethical data practices – The increased speed of change with regards to technological advancements 
relating to AI and machine learning is recognised. In particular, the need to balance competing priorities of maximising customer 
experience or opportunities with the need to ensure that trust and confidence is maintained in customer data privacy, protecting 
customers from fraud as well as adhering evolving data privacy regulations. 
Climate change – Climate change risks represent a source of systemic risks in the financial system and more specifically the potential 
for increased financial impacts both from physical and transition risks which could lead to widespread disruption. Further details are 
included in our Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) included on page 7. 
 
 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
32 
 
Principal risks 
Following the Sainsbury’s Group’s strategy announcement execution risk, which can arise from a failure to execute its business 
strategy as a result of poor decision making, substandard execution of decisions, inadequate resource allocation or from failure to 
effectively respond to changes in the business/market environment is a key focus and has had a knock on impact on the Group’s risk 
strategy, existing Principal risk types (noted in the table below) and therefore to risk exposures. 
In this context, an assessment of the impact of the strategy change on the Group’s risk profile was completed to inform a 
recommendation by the Bank Board to Sainsbury’s Group ahead of a final decision to proceed with the proposed strategy completed 
by our second line risk function. This assessed each of the Group’s principal risk types and highlighted where any material shifts were 
noted and included the following: 
 
• 
People risk: As a smaller bank, we retain a relatively concentrated pool of expertise and senior experience, making it essential 
that we retain critical subject matter experts, including within regulated roles., despite personal uncertainty arising from the 
strategy.  Whilst currently contracting with third party suppliers of skilled contingency resource, it should not be assumed that 
critical embedded knowledge (e.g. detail of the Group’s technology suite and data) can be readily supplanted.  Further, there is 
a cultural risk as colleagues may become disenfranchised and contract resources may not be invested in corporate values, 
posing risks to execution quality, customer outcomes, and risk management such as cyber awareness.   
 
Key actions:  Investment in appropriate measures to retain, motivate and incentivise key staff, Additionally, securing third 
party expertise on areas where the Group currently lacks capacity, expertise, or capability, along with enhanced tracking of 
cultural indicators. Opportunities to review and/or stagger upcoming activities i.e. change portfolios.  
 
• 
Fraud: Customers will be targeted with scam messages, e.g. instructions to move money / divulge security codes, immediately 
following any announcements.  Changes to normal patterns of activity (e.g. heightened savings flows) may obscure detection 
of abnormal events central to controls. Insider fraud risk is also heightened due to job insecurity, potential for higher staff 
turnover and use of contractors, and supplier performance of operational processes may degrade.  Despite sound controls 
evidenced in BAU performance, residual risk remains elevated due to anticipated inbound attack volumes.   
 
Key actions:  Tighten authentication limits, complete implementation of behavioural biometrics, increase customer 
messages, daily monitoring, enhanced industry intelligence gathering. 
 
• 
Liquidity risk: Liquidity impacts may stem from increased and unpredictable customer deposit withdrawals, reducing 
financial soundness and regulatory compliance buffers.  However, the Group has a mature control environment with ALCO 
governance, ILAAP stress testing, and daily MI generation.  In addition to a strong ingoing liquidity position, action has already 
been implemented to diversify funding sources and top up collateral at the Bank of England. It is noted that available liquidity 
resources significantly exceed modelled plausible stress outflow scenarios. However, poorly handled communications, adverse 
media coverage, mis-information on social media, or operational outages could cause unpredictable stress. 
 
Key actions: Enhanced ALCO oversight including continuous vigilance over daily liquidity movements, product pricing and 
offerings could be adjusted to counter outflows. 
 
• 
Cyber risk: Malicious actors are likely to seek to exploit perceived vulnerabilities, e.g. data exfiltration / lax phishing control 
discipline due to disenfranchised or inexperienced staff and contractors, any failure to promptly patch system vulnerabilities, 
and potential large movements of customer data and/or technology change during a sale or transitional service process. 
 
Key actions: Enhanced colleague monitoring, strengthened / restricted data loss prevention protocols, continued 
investment in vulnerability management, increased colleague awareness communications, continued cross-industry 
collaboration and intelligence gathering. 
 
 
Chief Risk Officer reporting to Executive Risk Committee (ERC) and Board Risk Committee (BRC) will be used to capture execution risks 
and monitor how these develop as strategy implementation progresses.  This will be assessed in line with the established Enterprise 
Risk Management Framework principles. 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
33 
 
Principal Risks (continued) 
 
 
Retail credit risk 
Operational risk & capability 
Liquidity and  
funding risk 
Financial crime risk 
What is It? 
The risk that a retail customer 
fails 
to 
maintain 
their 
contractual 
obligations 
and 
repay their borrowing on time. 
Losses or disruption resulting 
from 
inadequate 
or 
failed 
processes, people and systems 
or from external events. 
The risk we are unable to meet 
our obligations as they fall due 
or can only do so at excessive 
cost.  
Our products are used to 
facilitate Financial Crime and/or 
our 
processes, 
systems 
or 
controls are non-compliant. 
How May it 
Arise? 
Changes 
in 
the 
economic 
conditions in the UK may impact 
on the ability of our customers 
to repay their loans leading to an 
increase in levels of bad debt. 
Inadequate 
processes 
or 
internal controls may result in 
poor 
customer 
outcomes, 
service disruption, reputational 
damage and/or financial losses. 
Loss of confidence in the Group 
leading to a material outflow of 
deposits and/or difficulties in 
accessing wholesale funding.  
Failure to protect our customers 
may lead to financial loss, 
inconvenience to our customers 
and result in regulatory censure 
and loss of confidence in the 
Group. 
How Do We 
Manage The 
Risk? 
• We 
lend 
responsibly, 
considering the suitability of 
the product to meet our 
customers’ needs and their 
ability to repay any debt. 
• We have policies to support 
vulnerable 
customers 
and 
those in financial difficulties. 
• Credit decisioning based on 
information from more than 
one source.  
• Regular 
stress 
testing 
is 
undertaken using a variety of 
plausible stress scenarios. 
• A process-centric approach to 
risk & control assessment, 
designed to focus on what 
matters most. 
• A clear operating model to 
embed consistency and boost 
capability across the Group. 
• Aggregated 
reporting 
and 
insight on our risk profile to 
ensure the highest priority 
items are escalated.  
• Monthly review of our Top 
Risks with a rolling agenda of 
deep dives. 
• Risk appetite limits set.  
• Daily 
monitoring 
and 
reporting of key metrics. 
• Liquidity and funding targets 
built into planning process.  
• Liquidity Contingency Plan in 
place and tested for options 
and actions under stress. 
• The annual ILAAP determines 
the adequacy of liquidity and 
funding resources held. 
• Prevention 
and 
detection 
processes, 
systems 
and 
controls in place. 
• Proactive engagement with 
industry, sharing intelligence. 
• Robust horizon scanning to 
identify, and impact assess 
emerging threats. 
• Money Laundering Reporting 
Officer provides regular reports 
on financial crime controls to 
Executive 
and 
Board 
committees. 
Key activities 
in 2023/24 
• Affordability calculations were 
updated and reinforced to 
reflect the rising cost of living. 
• Everyday Credit Card was 
launched in April 23 with 
strong affordability checks in 
place and pricing aligned to 
risk. 
 
Ongoing 
implementation 
of 
specific treatment plans over 
the course of the year to reduce 
residual risk exposures. 
• A review and update of the 
annual ILAAP. 
• Ahead 
of 
the 
strategic 
announcement 
preparations 
were made to ensure liquidity 
risks and available resources 
were appropriately considered 
and managed via increased 
governance and MI reviews. 
• Post 
announcement 
monitoring continues but has 
reverted to a BAU basis. 
• Targeted 
investments 
in 
existing fraud systems and 
data 
• Expanded use of remote 
document verification and 
behavioural 
biometrics 
on 
loans and cards. 
 
 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
34 
 
Principal Risks (continued) 
 
 
Conduct and compliance risks 
Capital adequacy  
risk 
Market  
risk 
Wholesale credit  
risk 
What is It? 
The risk that our culture, 
behaviour or actions may lead to 
a 
failure 
to 
comply 
with 
regulators, or cause harm or 
detriment to customers or the 
markets. 
Holding insufficient capital to 
absorb losses in normal and 
stressed 
conditions 
or 
the 
ineffective use of capital. 
The risk of loss as a result of the 
value of financial assets or 
liabilities (including off-balance 
sheet 
instruments) 
being 
impacted adversely by the 
movement in market prices, 
interest rates or exchange rates. 
This loss can be reflected in near 
term earnings, or in the longer 
term as a result of changes in the 
economic 
value 
of 
future 
cashflows. 
The risk to earnings and capital 
arising from the failure of a 
debtor within the Treasury 
Liquid Asset portfolio to meet 
their legal and contractual 
obligations. 
How May it 
Arise? 
Failure 
to 
comply 
with 
regulation and legislation and 
failure to assess and understand 
the needs of our customers or to 
provide them with the level of 
product or service required at all 
stages of the customer journey, 
resulting in 
poor 
customer 
outcomes. 
Changes in economic conditions 
or regulatory requirements may 
impact on the level of capital 
resources required.  
Market risk can arise from:  
• Timing differences in the 
interest rate changes of Group 
assets and liabilities (e.g. fixed 
rate personal loans and instant 
access savings accounts) along 
with the change in the slope 
and shape of the yield curve.  
• Additionally, prepayment risk 
can arise from the timing of 
customer prepayments which 
differ 
from 
planning 
and 
hedging assumptions. 
• Credit Spread Risk can result 
from a change in credit 
spreads, arising via the Group’s 
treasury assets portfolio. 
Arises via investment activities 
within the Treasury Liquid Asset 
portfolio with the inherent risk 
that these counterparties could 
fail to meet their obligations to 
repay the Bank.  
How Do We 
Manage the 
Risk? 
• Standards 
communicated 
through ten Policy Standards.  
• Processes and controls in place 
with 
clear 
reporting 
and 
escalation procedures. 
• Independent 
conduct 
and 
compliance oversight using a 
robust methodology. 
• Horizon scanning of emerging 
threats or regulatory changes. 
• Regular, open engagement 
with our regulators. 
• Continuous 
monitoring 
of 
control 
testing 
outcomes 
through PRCA oversight and 
risk-based assurance activity. 
• Target risk appetite range for 
level of capital held. 
• Monitoring of capital position, 
with triggers in place for 
escalation. 
• Capital adequacy target built 
into our planning processes.  
• Projected 
capital 
position 
updated for any strategic or 
external changes. 
• The annual ICAAP determines 
the adequacy of the level and 
type of capital resources held. 
• A suite of risk appetite metrics 
in place with hedging activity 
deployed to manage exposures 
within limits. 
• Risk measurement systems 
employed 
to 
capture 
all 
material sources of relevant 
market risk.  
• Effective controls in place to 
ensure the timely 
identification, measurement, 
monitoring, and control of risk. 
• Prudent wholesale credit risk 
management 
is 
ensured 
through 
effective 
treasury 
assets 
allocation 
via 
appropriate limits set by 2nd 
line of defence. 
• Active monitoring of current 
counterparty 
positions 
including regular counterparty 
and asset class credit risk 
assessments. 
• Early 
warning 
indicators 
indicating prospective credit 
risk threat.  
• A suite of limits in place to 
effectively 
manage 
concentrations. 
Key activities 
in 2023/24 
• Delivering 
and 
embedding 
Consumer Duty Standards. 
• Ongoing 
enhancements 
to 
Conduct 
and 
Compliance 
policy 
statements 
to 
communicate the standard 
expected across the end-to-
end business. 
• Participation in several FCA 
surveys and multi firm work.  
• External assurance of Conduct 
and 
Compliance 
Policy 
Standards. 
• Updated 
Stress 
testing 
scenario analysis undertaken 
in line with BoE guidelines, 
assessing 
the 
Group’s 
resilience to the effects on 
capital adequacy from an 
economic downturn. 
 
• Annual review and update of 
customer behavioural 
assumptions. 
• Annual review and update of 
High-Level Risk Appetite limits. 
 
• Regular 
asset 
class 
and 
counterparty 
credit 
risk 
reviews as well as associated 
assessment 
of 
the 
appropriateness of limits set. 
 
 
 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
35 
 
Principal risks (continued) 
 
 
Model  
risk 
ESG 
risks 
What is It? 
The risk that our models are 
specified 
or 
implemented 
incorrectly, 
or 
used 
inappropriately 
resulting 
in 
severe 
customer, 
financial, 
regulatory, 
reputational 
or 
operational impacts. 
The risk of any financial losses, 
reputational damage or failing to 
meet 
minimum 
regulatory 
requirements stemming from 
ESG related factors. 
How May it 
Arise? 
Failure at any point in the model 
development lifecycle processes 
and key stages including: 
• Incorrect model use. 
• Model developed incorrectly. 
• Lack of model approval and 
implementation. 
• Lack 
of 
appropriate 
independent model validation. 
• Lack 
of 
ongoing 
model 
monitoring 
• Model details not captured and 
tracked on a central model 
inventory. 
  
• Physical risk – specific weather 
events and longer-term shifts 
in climate that could lead to 
physical damage in property. 
• Transition risks – can arise from 
the process of adjustment 
towards a low carbon economy.  
• Social risks – risk of not 
managing key relationships 
which could cause reputational 
impacts. 
• Governance risk – failures of 
key processes that may affect 
decision 
making 
and/or 
inaccurate reporting to key 
stakeholders. 
How Do We 
Manage the 
Risk? 
• Model Risk Committee in place 
for the approval, monitoring 
and technical discussion of 
models used across the Group. 
• Model Risk Policy and specific 
risk appetite metrics used to 
track any exposures. 
• Quarterly ESG Forum in place. 
• ESG Policy and High-Level Risk 
appetite metrics. 
• Regular spotlight sessions to 
ExCo and Board. 
Key activities 
in 2023/24 
• Model Risk introduced as a 
Principal risk type. 
• Model Risk Principal Risk Policy 
introduced. 
 
ESG policy introduced along with 
specific High Level Risk Appetite 
metrics approved by ERC and 
BRC. 
 
 
 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
36 
 
Governance  
The diagram below shows the Governance structure in place for Sainsbury’s Bank as at 29 February 2024: 
 
 
Board-level governance  
The Board is the key governance body, meeting at least nine times a year, holding overall accountability for the decisions made and 
outcomes achieved by the Bank, subject to specific reserved matters that require the consent of J Sainsbury plc. Details of the Board 
composition may be found below. The Directors of the subsidiary entities hold Board meetings to cover statutory matters however the 
key decision making is covered within the Bank Board. 
Relationship with J Sainsbury Plc 
The Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of J Sainsbury plc, a listed retailer. J Sainsbury plc is not involved in the day-to-day management 
of the Group. However, J Sainsbury plc has certain reserved powers and decisions which fall within those powers must be referred to 
them by the Bank Board for their consent before being confirmed as fully approved. Primarily, these reserved matters relate to 
significant change in the size and scale of the Group’s operations, changes in its capital structure including any increases or decreases 
to capital, significant contracts or legal disputes, changes to Directors or Officers of the Bank and share schemes. 
Board
Audit Committee
Board Risk Committee
Remuneration 
Committee
Nominations 
Committee
Chief Executive 
Officer
Chief 
Customer 
Officer - Bank
Customer 
Divisional Risk 
& Conduct 
Committee
Chief Risk 
Officer
Risk Divisional 
Management 
Committee
Retail Credit 
Risk 
Committee
Chief Financial 
Officer
Divisional Risk 
Committee
Finance 
Committee
Asset & 
Liability 
Committee
Supply Chain 
Oversight 
Committee
Chief 
Operating 
Officer
Divisional Risk 
Committee
Director of HR
Divisional Risk 
Committee
Conduct & 
Compliance 
Director
Chief 
Customer 
Officer - AFS
AFS Conduct & 
Commercial 
Committee
Commercial 
Committee
Internal Audit 
Director
Executive 
Committee
Executive Risk 
Committee

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
37 
 
Board composition 
Chair 
The Bank has a separate Chair (an Independent Non-Executive Director) and Chief Executive (an Executive Director) to ensure that the 
balance of responsibilities, accountabilities and decision making are effectively maintained. The Chair plays a key role in creating the 
conditions for overall Board and individual director effectiveness. 
Balance and diversity 
Recruitment on to the Bank Board combines an assessment of both technical capability and competency skills to ensure the optimum 
blend of individual and aggregate expertise having regards to the Group’s long term strategic plan. Such recruitment is subject to the 
approval of the Nominations Committee, the Bank Board, J Sainsbury plc (as the decision falls within reserved matters) and the relevant 
regulatory bodies (where applicable). 
Independent Non-Executive Directors bring their experience to bear from across various sectors, notably Financial Services but also 
from across Retail, Digital and E-Commerce. These are key areas of focus for the Group and aligned to its strategy. Directors update 
their skills, knowledge and familiarity with the Group by meeting senior management, a programme of developmental training (from 
both internal and external speakers) and by attending appropriate external seminars. There is an induction programme for all new 
Directors which is tailored to their specific needs and which provides access to all parts of the business. 
The Independent Non-Executive Directors are wholly independent in that they have no material business or relationships with the 
company that might influence their independence or judgement. In addition, certain governance responsibilities are delegated to 
other Board Committees (Audit Committee, Board Risk Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nominations Committee). 
Membership of these committees is entirely made up of Non-Executive Directors of the Bank with members of the Bank’s Executive 
team and other senior colleagues in attendance. These committees support effective decision making and independent challenge. 
Size and structure 
The structure of the Bank Board seeks to ensure the right leadership is in place to oversee and scrutinise the Bank’s long term strategic 
plan. 
The current Bank Board is comprised of an Independent Chair, four other Independent Non-Executive Directors and two Executive 
Directors – the Bank’s Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer. During the year we also had one Non-Executive Director 
nominated by J Sainsbury plc resign. A biography for each Board Director can be found on the J Sainsbury plc corporate website: 
www.about.sainsburys.co.uk/about-us/our-management#sainsburys-bank 
The Directors have equal voting rights when making decisions, except the Chair, who has a casting vote at the Bank Board. All Directors 
have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary and may, if they wish, take professional advice at the company’s 
expense. Directors’ duties are exercised through the Board and its sub-committees per the Governance structure on Page 36. Each of 
these is chaired by one of the Independent Non-Executive Directors. 
Director responsibilities 
Accountability 
Each Board Director has a clear understanding of their accountability and responsibilities via the Individual Accountability Regime. 
Whilst Board oversight is always maintained, key decisions are made by the individuals and committees with the most appropriate 
knowledge and experience. 
The Board had a programme of nine main meetings in 2023/24. Additional Board meetings were convened to consider certain matters 
where it was not felt appropriate to defer until the next full meeting. Governance requirements (including quorum adherence) were 
applied as if these additional meetings were full Board meetings. A programme of nine main meetings is planned for 2024/25. 
One of the Board meetings is usually set aside each year for strategic planning with the Executive Committee and key stakeholders 
from across the Group, AFS and J Sainsbury plc as appropriate. As part of their annual review, the Bank Chair undertakes a Fit and 
Proper Assessment and Attestation with each Board Director. The Senior Independent Non-Executive Director undertakes the same for 
the Bank Chair. 
Integrity of information 
The Board receives regular and timely information at its meeting on all key aspects of the business supported by a range of Key 
Performance Indicators (KPIs). The Group’s various functions prepare and maintain the integrity of this information in accordance with 
the Group’s risk management framework. 
Conflicts of interest 
Any potential conflicts of interest are identified and considered as part of the recruitment process for on-boarding new Directors on to 
the Bank Board. Where there are any concerns raised, they are considered by the Bank’s Nominations Committee and again at the 
Board meeting when the recommendation is brought for approval. 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
38 
 
Once in situ, should a Director be offered the opportunity to take up a position (Executive or Non-Executive), whilst retaining their role 
on the Bank Board, they are required to inform the Bank Chair and the Board would then be asked to confirm that no conflicts of interest 
existed or were perceived to exist before accepting the additional role. Where there are any potential conflicts, appropriate safeguards 
would be implemented. 
Committees 
A number of Board functions are delegated to four key sub-committees. The role and scope of authority for each sub-committee is 
fully outlined in a documented Terms of Reference: 
• 
Audit Committee. The Audit Committee’s key responsibility is to advise the Board on the Group’s financial statements, 
including systems and controls and related policy issues together with relationships with external auditors. The Audit 
Committee also reviews and challenges where necessary management’s response to any major External or Internal Audit 
recommendations. The Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving the internal audit plan and budget, and for 
ensuring that the function is adequately resourced. The Audit Committee meets at least four times a year. Additionally, the 
Audit Committee will meet with the External Auditors and Sainsbury’s Bank Internal Audit Director without Executive 
Management being present.  
• 
Nominations Committee. The Nominations Committee is responsible for reviewing the structure, size and composition of 
the Board. The Committee is also responsible for the succession planning of the Board and the Executive Management Team 
and for ensuring a formal, rigorous and transparent process for recommending appointments to the Board to the Bank’s 
shareholder. The Bank recognises the benefits of achieving a diverse Board and Executive Management Team to reflect the 
environment in which it operates. The Nominations Committee will meet as required. 
• 
Remuneration Committee. The role of the Remuneration Committee (RemCo) is to determine and agree with the Board the 
broad policy for remuneration and for compliance with the Remuneration Code (the Code) to the extent that the provisions 
apply to the Group. RemCo is responsible for recommending and monitoring the level and structure of remuneration for 
senior management (categorised as 'Code Staff' for the purposes of the Code) and senior risk management and compliance 
colleagues.  It continually reviews and assesses the impact of remuneration policies on the risk profile of the Group and 
employee behaviour. RemCo also has oversight over appointment and severance terms for relevant employees. The 
Remuneration Committee meets at least four times per year. 
• 
Board Risk Committee. The Board Risk Committee (BRC) provides the Board with a forward-looking view to anticipate future 
risks together with the monitoring and oversight of existing risks within the Risk Appetite set by the Board. It is responsible 
for reviewing and reporting its conclusions to the Board on the Group's risk appetite and the Group's risk management 
framework. The Board Risk Committee meets at least five times a year. 
Strategy and risk management 
The Board is responsible for the overall strategy and performance of the business and its management of risk. Due consideration is 
given by the Board to the Group’s strategy, changes in the operating environment and emerging risks and opportunities. 
Responsibilities 
In line with the provisions of the Senior Manager & Certification Regime (SMCR), the Group has allocated the Senior Manager Functions 
and prescribed responsibilities in so far as they apply to Sainsbury’s Bank plc and its subsidiaries. A Management Responsibility Map 
(MRM) is in place to provide a description of the Group’s management and governance arrangements including the reporting lines and 
details of the individuals who are part of those arrangements and their prescribed responsibilities. The MRM is owned by the Board. 
Risks are identified and managed via the process-centric approach described in the Risk Overview on page 29. 
Remuneration 
Setting remuneration 
The Board-level Remuneration Committee (RemCo) recommends to the Board the remuneration strategy for the Executive Directors, 
Chair, Senior Management and Material Risk Takers. Within this framework, its remuneration policy is aligned to the long-term success 
of the Group as well as promoting effective risk management and compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. 
RemCo also has oversight over appointment and severance terms for relevant employees.  
Policies 
A review is carried out annually (with input from external advisors) to ensure that the remuneration policy and practices are industry 
competitive and in line with the size and complexity of the business and compliant with all applicable legal and regulatory 
requirements. The policy also sets out the approach which ensures that reward decisions are objective, fair and inclusive.  
 

Strategic report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
39 
 
The Directors’ positions and remuneration status are set out in the Directors’ report (page 40).  
Executive-level governance 
The Board delegates the appropriate responsibility, authority and accountability to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) to deliver the 
Group's strategy through the appropriate governance committees and the Executive Committee. The CEO chairs the Executive 
Committee (ExCo) and is supported by a number of other executive-level committees to provide the appropriate checks, balances and 
transparency on decision making.  
Each committee has a documented Terms of Reference, with delegated authority to the Chair who is the appropriate identified 
accountable individual in line with their Statement of Responsibilities under FCA and PRA rules (Senior Manager Regime). 
CEO Executive Committee: 
• 
Executive Committee (ExCo). The role of the Committee is to advise and assist the CEO in overseeing the Group’s activities, 
performance and making significant decisions relating to the executive management of the Group. ExCo meets on a monthly 
basis. 
Chief Risk Officer (CRO) Executive Committees: 
• 
Executive Risk Committee (ERC). The ERC is responsible for ensuring that the Enterprise Risk Management Framework 
(ERMF) is effective in ensuring that risks are adequately and consistently managed within risk appetite. In doing so the ERC 
ensures that appropriate policies and methodologies are in place to manage the Group’s Primary Risk types. The ERC meets 
ten times a year. 
• 
Retail Credit Risk Committee (RCRC). The RCRC is responsible for monitoring the performance of the retail lending book, 
ensuring there is an effective credit risk management framework and that the Group is operating within its credit risk 
appetite. The RCRC meets on a monthly basis.  
CFO Executive Committees: 
• 
Asset and Liability Committee (ALCo). ALCo is responsible for ensuring the Group’s balance sheet is managed effectively 
and within risk appetite. Its main areas of responsibility are market risk, wholesale credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity & 
funding risk and capital adequacy. ALCo meets on a monthly basis. 
• 
Finance Committee. The role of the committee is to ensure there are effective levels of governance in place across the 
Group’s finance function so that significant decisions are fully informed, transparent, recorded and reported and in line with 
risk appetite and relevant governance structures. The Finance Committee meets at least six times per year. 
• 
Supply Chain Oversight Committee. The role of the committee is to ensure there is an effective group-wide supply chain 
performance and risk management framework that manages outsourcing, oversees delivery and makes decisions to ensure 
the Group is able to robustly manage and oversee its suppliers. The Supply Chain Committee meets monthly.  
Divisional Risk Committees 
The role of the Divisional Risk Committee (DRC), chaired by the relevant ExCo member is to ensure the effectiveness of the EWRMF 
within the Division, so that risks are effectively and consistently managed within the overall approved risk appetite. Each DRC provides 
input on material risks which may affect the Group to the Executive Risk Committee.  
 
Pillar 3 
The PRA approved our application for the Bank to become a Small Domestic Deposit Taker (SDDT) effective 11 January 2024. As a result, 
the Bank is no longer required to report a Pillar 3 Disclosure Report.  
 
By order of the Board  
 
 
 
Michael Larkin 
Chief Financial Officer 
24 April 2024

Directors’ report 
 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
40
 
The Directors have the pleasure in submitting their annual report and the financial statements of Sainsbury’s Bank plc (“the Bank”) for 
the year ended 29 February 2024. 
Board of Directors 
The Board comprises two executive Directors and five non-executive Directors. The position of members who served during the year is 
described in the following table: 
Name 
Position 
Remunerating entity 
Appointment/ resignation 
date 
Lesley Jones 
Chair (Independent Non-Executive) 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
Carole Butler 
Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
Michael Ross 
Independent Non-Executive 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
Guy Thomas 
Independent Non-Executive 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
Rosanne Murison 
Independent Non-Executive 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
Clodagh Moriarty 
Non-Executive 
J Sainsbury plc 
Resigned 15 May 2023 
James Brown1 
Chief Executive Officer 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
Resigned 31 March 2024 
Michael Larkin 
Chief Financial Officer 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc 
1James Brown resigned as the Bank’s CEO on 31 March 2024. His successor Robert Mulhall was appointed as Chief Executive Officer effective 
9 April 2024 following approval from the regulator.  
Unless otherwise stated above, all of the Directors in office at the date of this report served throughout the period, and up to the date 
of approval of these financial statements.  
Board selection criteria 
We regard succession at Board and senior management level as a key priority.  Recruitment into the Board combines an assessment 
of both technical, leadership capability and competency skills to ensure the optimum blend of individual and aggregate capability 
having regard to our long-term strategic plan. Board recruitment is subject to the approval of the Nominations Committee, the Board 
and the relevant regulatory bodies (PRA/FCA). 
Board diversity 
We are committed to promoting a diverse and inclusive workplace at all levels, reflective of the communities in which we do business. 
Our diversity and inclusion vision aligns with that of our parent J Sainsbury plc whose aim is to be ‘the most inclusive retailer’. We will 
achieve this aspiration by recruiting, retaining and developing diverse and talented people and creating an inclusive environment 
where everyone can be the best they can be and where diverse views are welcomed. The Nominations Committee is responsible for 
ensuring there is an appropriate balance of skills and experience across the Board. 
Directors’ indemnities 
The Bank has provided an indemnity for the benefit of all of its current Directors which is a qualifying third-party indemnity provision 
for the purpose of the Companies Act 2006.  This was in force throughout the financial year and at the date of signing of the financial 
statements.  Directors’ and Officers’ insurance is provided through the J Sainsbury plc Group policy. Neither the indemnities nor the 
insurance provide cover in the event that the Director is proved to have acted fraudulently. 
Statement of corporate governance arrangements 
The Bank applied the main principles and complied with the relevant provisions of the Wates Corporate Governance Principles for Large 
Companies (available on the Financial Reporting Council website). Information demonstrating how the Bank applied the principles can 
be found throughout the Strategic Report.  
Employee engagement 
Refer to the S172(1) statement on page 6 of the Strategic report for details on employee engagement.  
Business relationships 
Refer to the S172(1) statement on page 6 of the Strategic report for details on business relationships. 
Colleagues 
Refer to the S172(1) statement on page 6 for the Group’s policies on colleagues and the employment of disabled persons. 
Independent auditors 
Ernst & Young LLP have expressed their willingness to continue in office as auditors for the 2024/25 financial year. 
 
 

Directors’ report 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
41 
 
Disclosure of information to auditors 
At the date of this report, each of the Directors in office has taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a director in order to 
make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Bank’s auditors are aware of that information. As 
far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Bank’s auditors are unaware. 
Financial risk management 
Details of the use of financial instruments, together with risk management disclosures, can be found in note 33 and the Risk 
Management section in the Strategic report on pages 29 to 35. 
Future developments 
 
The development of the Group is set out in the Strategic Report on pages 3 to 5. 
Post balance sheet events 
There were no events occurring after the reporting date that require disclosure or adjustment within the Financial Statements. 
Going concern 
The Directors have considered the appropriateness of the going concern basis of preparation of the financial statements taking into 
account the Group’s current and projected performance with specific additional consideration given to the impacts of the strategic 
changes to the business as described in the Strategic Report on page 3.   The Directors are satisfied that the Group does not intend to 
cease trading and has sufficient capital and liquidity to continue trading for the foreseeable future, being at least 12 months from the 
date of approval of the Financial Statements, taking into account a range of possible operational, economic and legal scenarios. The 
Directors have also considered factors beyond this timeframe where longer term financial and operational forecasts and scenarios 
have been prepared. Consequently, the going concern basis continues to be appropriate in preparing the financial statements.  
Further information on the risks considered in the going concern assessment is set out in Note 1 to the financial statements. 
Dividends 
The Bank loss after tax for the year attributable to the shareholders is £112m (2023: £23m profit), and on a Group basis including 
subsidiaries, the loss after tax was £123m (2023 £33m profit). The Directors do not recommend payment of a dividend.  
 
 
 
By order of the Board and signed on its behalf by 
 
 
Michael Larkin 
Chief Financial Officer 
24 April 2024

 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
42 
 
Statement of Directors' responsibilities 
 
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic report, Directors’ report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.  
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared 
the financial statements in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards. Under company law the Directors must 
not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of Sainsbury’s 
Bank plc (‘the Company’) and of the profit or loss of the Company for that period.  In preparing these financial statements, the Directors 
are required to: 
• 
select suitable accounting policies in accordance with International Accounting Standard (IAS) 8: Accounting Policies, 
Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors and then apply them consistently; 
• 
present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 
understandable information; 
• 
provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in UK adopted international accounting 
standards is insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on 
the financial performance; and 
• 
state that the Bank has complied with UK adopted international accounting standards, subject to any material departures 
and explained in the financial statements. 
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that 
the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. 
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Annual Report and Financial Statements disclosures included 
on the J Sainsbury plc website.  Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 
By order of the Board and signed on its behalf by 
 
 
Michael Larkin 
Chief Financial Officer 
24 April 2024

 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
43 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF SAINSBURY’S BANK PLC 
Opinion 
In our opinion: 
• 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc’s group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the “Financial Statements”) give 
a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 29 February 2024 and of the group’s loss 
for the year then ended; 
• 
the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting 
standards;   
• 
the parent company financial statements been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting 
standards as applied in accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006; and  
• 
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 
We have audited the financial statements of Sainsbury’s Bank plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year 
ended 29 February 2024 which comprise: 
Group 
Parent company 
Consolidated income statement  
Balance sheet  
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
Statement of changes in equity 
Consolidated balance sheet  
Cash flow statement  
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
Related notes 1 to 38 to the financial statements (except for 
items within note 34 which are marked as unaudited), 
including a summary of significant accounting policies 
Consolidated cash flow statement 
 
Related notes 1 to 38 to the financial statements (except for items 
within note 34 which are marked as unaudited), including a 
summary of significant accounting policies 
 
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and UK adopted international accounting 
standards and as regards to the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 
2006.  
Basis for opinion  
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our 
report. We are independent of the group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit 
of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 
Conclusions relating to going concern  
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.  
We have considered the appropriateness of the going concern basis of preparation of the financial statements, taking into account the 
Group’s current and projected performance, with specific additional consideration given to the impacts of the strategic changes to the 
business as described in the Strategic Report on page 3. The strategy change introduces new or increased risks in respect of capital and 
liquidity adequacy as well as a change as regards the manner in which future trade of the Group is undertaken. As a result, we have 
expanded the procedures performed in respect of going concern. We also consider going concern to be a key audit matter. 
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included: 

 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
44 
 
How we evaluated the directors’ assessment 
• 
We obtained an understanding of how the going concern assessment for the group was undertaken, which is summarised in 
the basis of preparation note 1 on page 60. This included the identification of factors which may arise as a result of the group’s 
change in strategic direction. We considered the appropriateness of the timeframe used by the directors in making their 
assessment, which included consideration of longer term forecasts than the 12 months minimum timeframe required for 
forecasting going concern.  
• 
We obtained an understanding of the directors’ rationale for the use of the going concern basis of accounting through 
reviewing and challenging their going concern assessment and conclusions.  
• 
We assessed the change in strategic direction announced by the group. We considered whether the planned phased withdrawal 
from the core banking business represented a cessation of trade.  
• 
We designed our audit procedures to evaluate the effect of these key judgements on the group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern.  
• 
We reviewed the directors’ evaluation of the group’s resilience to financial and operational stress, including severe but plausible 
scenario analysis performed as part of the group’s liquidity stress testing, which took into account the current and forecast 
levels of liquidity and capital together with the related headroom, including the potential impact of the strategic change and 
the risks arising thereon. Their evaluation included the quantification of any potentially adverse impacts of customer 
behaviour.  
• 
We evaluated the timing of repayment of external funding on liquidity requirements, including reviewing regulatory 
correspondence to understand the impact on those balances described in note 26 on page 94 which have now been classified 
as current liabilities. We considered the appropriateness and completeness of the stress testing performed by management 
in light of the planned phased withdrawal of the core banking business. We involved subject matter experts in our assessment 
to evaluate the completeness of management’s considerations. We have challenged management’s forecasts and stress tests 
through independent assessment. 
• 
We reviewed the group’s going concern disclosures included in the financial statements in order to assess whether the 
disclosures were appropriate, consistent with the risks and responses considered in the going concern assessment, and in 
conformity with the reporting standards. 
Our key observations in relation to going concern 
• 
We concluded it reasonable that the directors considered that the change in group strategy did not represent a cessation of 
trade. 
• 
We have assessed that the severe but plausible scenarios identified by the directors in their stress testing were reasonable. 
Conclusion in relation to going concern 
We have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant 
doubt on the group’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of 12 months from when the financial statements are authorised 
for issue.   
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this 
report. However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the group’s ability 
to continue as a going concern. 
 
 

 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
45 
 
Overview of our audit approach 
Audit scope 
• 
We performed an audit of the complete financial information of the group and parent company. 
• 
All audit work performed for the purposes of the group audit was undertaken by the primary team. 
Key audit matters 
• 
Going concern basis used in preparation of the financial statements 
• 
Accounting and reporting for the group’s phased withdrawal from core banking 
• 
Expected credit loss provision 
• 
Effective Interest Rate accounting 
• 
Reliance on the processes and controls of third-party service providers 
Materiality 
• 
Overall group materiality of £6m which represents 0.8% of equity.  
Climate change  
Stakeholders are increasingly interested in how climate change will impact Sainsbury’s Bank plc. The group has determined that the 
most significant future impacts from climate change on its operations will be from transitional risks on the wider UK economy. These 
are explained in the strategic report on page 31. They have also explained their climate commitments on pages 7 to 19 in the Task Force 
for Climate-related Financial Disclosures. All of these disclosures form part of the “Other information”, rather than the audited financial 
statements. Our procedures on these unaudited disclosures therefore consisted solely of considering whether they are materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements, or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appear to be materially 
misstated, in line with our responsibilities on “Other information”.   
In planning and performing our audit we assessed the potential impacts of climate change on the group’s business and any 
consequential material impact on its financial statements.  
The group has explained in note 33 to the financial statements on page 110 its articulation of how climate change has been reflected in 
the financial statements and the significant judgements and estimates made in this regard. These disclosures also explain where 
governmental and societal responses to climate change risks are still developing, and where the degree of certainty of these changes 
means that they cannot be taken into account when determining asset and liability valuations under the requirements of International 
Accounting Standards. The group has set out these uncertainties on page 13, within the Strategic Report. 
Our audit effort in considering the impact of climate change on the financial statements was focused on evaluating management’s 
assessment of the impact of climate risk, physical and transition, their climate commitments, the effects of material climate risks 
disclosed on pages 7 to 19 including the significant judgements. As part of this evaluation, we performed our own risk assessment, 
supported by our climate change internal specialists, to determine the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements from 
climate change which needed to be considered in our audit.   
Where considerations of climate change were relevant to our assessment of going concern, these are described above.   
Based on our work we have not identified the impact of climate change on the financial statements to be a key matter or materially 
impact key audit matters. 
Key audit matters  
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on the overall audit strategy, the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of 
the financial statements as a whole, and in our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 
In addition to the key audit matters in the table below our response to the going concern key audit matter is set out in the ‘Conclusions 
relating to going concern’ section of this report. 
 
 

 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
46 
 
Risk 
Our response to the risk 
Key observations 
communicated to the Audit 
Committee  
Accounting and reporting for the group’s phased withdrawal from core banking 
Refer to Notes 1, 9 and 29 of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements (page 
60, 72 & 95) 
The group announced the completion of 
a strategic review of the Bank, which will 
result in a phased withdrawal of the core 
banking business, with products that 
continue to be offered being provided by 
dedicated financial services providers 
through a distributed model.  
A significant change in strategy triggers 
a number of accounting risks which can 
involve complexity and significant 
management judgement.  
We determined the risk to be most 
prevalent in financial statement line 
items and higher risk estimates which 
relied on prospective financial 
information or which contained direct 
financial impacts as a result of the 
change in strategy. These included: 
a) 
The appropriateness and 
completeness of provisions for 
onerous contracts (£20m of 
onerous contract provisions, 
refer to note 29); 
b) 
The appropriateness of the 
complete impairment of fixed 
and intangible assets (£171m 
impairment charge, refer to 
note 12); 
c) 
Classification, measurement 
and disclosure considerations 
under IFRS 5, IFRS 7 and IFRS 9 
(refer to notes 14, 19 and 35). 
d) 
The going concern basis of 
accounting (refer to note 1); 
We consider there to be significant 
judgement required by management in 
making these accounting considerations. 
We assessed the design effectiveness of key 
controls across the processes relevant to the 
group’s evaluation of accounting impacts 
from the change in strategy.  
We evaluated the revised forecasts 
underpinning the group’s change in strategy. 
This involved consideration of the significant 
impacts of either a sale of financial 
instrument portfolios or a managed wind-
down of these portfolios. This involved an 
assessment of the group’s use of specialists 
to forecast these scenarios, involvement of 
independent specialist and subject matter 
experts to challenge and validate the 
reasonableness of these scenarios, and an 
assessment of the accounting impact of 
these scenarios.  
We challenged the appropriateness and 
completeness of provisions for onerous 
contracts and other related exposures by: 
(i) Scrutinising the calculations, input data 
and assumptions used by management 
in computing the provisions; 
(ii) Assessing the completeness of the 
provisions by examining significant 
contracts and a sample of lower value 
contracts and recalculated the expected 
onerous contract provision; 
(iii) Reviewing internal papers presented the 
J Sainsbury’s Group and Bank Operating 
Boards and communications issued by 
the Bank to assess whether additional 
liabilities existed at the balance sheet 
date. 
We validated the impairment of fixed and 
intangible assets by: 
(i) Inspecting the impairment tests 
performed by management and 
confirming that these indicated a full 
impairment was appropriate; 
(ii) Inspecting management’s cashflow 
forecasts and validating the 
appropriateness of assumptions and 
calculations used to derive these 
forecasts; 
(iii) Considering the sensitivity of the 
impairment to reasonable movements 
in key assumptions;  
We concluded that the 
accounting impacts were 
reasonably considered and 
reported.  
We obtained sufficient and 
appropriate evidence as to the 
completeness and 
appropriateness of the onerous 
contract provisions. 
We considered that the full 
impairment of the Group’s fixed 
and intangible assets was 
appropriate.  
We communicated that there 
were material changes to the 
measurement of EIR adjustments 
as a result of revised forecasts 
under the group’s change in 
strategy. We communicated that 
the resulting adjustments to 
income and balance sheet were 
materially appropriate.  
We confirmed that the financial 
statement disclosures, as well as 
the classification and 
measurement of significant 
balances within the financial 
statements, were appropriate in 
all material respects. This 
included disclosures which 
required additional judgement as 
a result of the change in strategy, 
including the classification and  
measurement of financial 
instruments under IFRS 5 and 9 
and the reporting of fair value 
disclosures.  
We confirmed the going concern 
basis of accounting was 
appropriate as described above 
on page 43 of this report.   
 

 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
47 
 
(iv) Performing a stand-back analysis to 
identify whether the forecasts that 
supported a full impairment were 
consistent in all material respects with 
other areas of forecasting, including 
going concern.  
We assessed the forecasts underpinning the 
EIR adjustments for consistency with the 
change in strategy. We tested the change in 
value in EIR adjustments as a result of the 
revised management forecasts. 
 
We considered and evaluated the 
appropriate classification, measurement and 
disclosure of material items within the 
financial statements through: 
 
(i) Reviewing internal papers and expected 
timelines for key milestones of the 
strategic review as presented to the 
Board prior to the announcement to set 
an expectation for the status at the 
balance sheet date and the impact of 
financial statement reporting; 
(ii) Enquiring of key management 
personnel at the J Sainsbury’s Group 
and the Bank, to understand the specific 
circumstances and status relating to the 
strategic review as at the balance sheet 
date and obtaining supporting evidence 
to corroborate management’s 
conclusions and resultant impacts on 
the financial statements; and 
(iii) inspection of the financial statements 
and significant disclosures, consulting 
and engaging with our IFRS technical 
specialists, and comparison to relevant 
best practice and peer disclosures.  
 
 

 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
48 
 
Expected Credit Loss Provisions 
Impairment Provision (2024: 
£250m, 2023: £259m)  
Refer to Accounting policies (page 
62); and Note 15 of the Financial 
Statements (page 77) 
Customer receivables comprise 
unsecured personal loans, credit 
cards and store cards. 
Credit provisions represent 
management’s best estimate of 
impairment, and significant 
judgments and estimates are made 
in determining the timing and 
measurement of expected credit loss 
(‘ECL’). 
Key matters that could result in 
material misstatement in respect of 
ECLs include the: 
(a) Accounting interpretations and 
modelling assumptions used to build 
the models that calculate ECL;  
(b) Input and assumptions used to 
estimate the impact of the multiple 
economic scenarios (MES);  
(c) Allocation of assets to stage 1, 2 or 
3 using criteria in accordance with 
the accounting standard; 
(d) Completeness and valuation of 
post model adjustments (“PMAs”); 
and 
(e) Accuracy and adequacy of the 
financial statement disclosures made 
for judgements on significant 
increase in credit risk, multiple 
economic scenarios and assessment 
of overlays.  
We consider the risk related to the 
ECL provisions continues to be 
heightened as a result of ongoing 
economic uncertainty.  
The accuracy of underlying data 
upon which the ECL is calculated is 
also key to the overall estimate. 
 
We assessed the design effectiveness of key 
controls across the processes relevant to the 
impairment provision calculation.  
This included consideration of model governance, 
data accuracy and completeness, multiple 
economic scenarios, and the allocation of assets 
into stage 1, 2 and 3. 
We reviewed the minutes of the model and risk 
committees where inputs, assumptions, and 
adjustments to the ECL were discussed and 
approved.  
We tested the data used in the ECL calculation by 
independently reconciling a sample of data 
feeding the models to source systems and 
underlying documentation. 
We considered the assumptions, inputs and 
formulas used across the population of ECL 
models. This included assessing the 
appropriateness of model design and the formulae 
used, considering alternative modelling 
techniques and recalculating the Probability of 
Default, Loss Given Default and Exposure at 
Default for a sample of the models.  
We tested the assumptions and inputs used in the 
ECL models with the support of our internal 
modelling and economic specialists. In particular, 
we challenged the correlation and impact of the 
macroeconomic factors to the ECL and 
independently recalculated critical components of 
the ECL. In addition, we assessed the base and 
alternative economic scenarios, including 
challenging probability weights and comparing to 
other scenarios from a variety of external sources, 
as well as EY internally developed forecasts. 
We challenged the criteria used to allocate an 
asset to stage 1, 2 and 3 in accordance with IFRS 9 
and substantively reperformed in full the staging 
calculation to ensure that assets in stages 1, 2, and 
3 were allocated to the appropriate stage. We also 
performed sensitivity analysis on the staging 
criteria. 
We challenged management over the 
appropriateness and completeness or PMAs using 
our knowledge and experience across the industry. 
We performed testing over material PMAs 
together with our internal modelling specialists. 
We undertook analysis and benchmarking to 
assess whether sufficient consideration was given 
to the uncertainty arising as a result of 
inflationary and interest rate pressures on 
borrowers, which may not be captured in modelled 
outputs given limitations over historic data. 
We communicated that we 
were satisfied that the 
provisions for impairment of 
loans and advances to 
customers were reasonable and 
recognised in compliance with 
the requirements of IFRS 9. 
Our testing of staging 
allocation, models and model 
assumptions identified no 
significant matters. 
We communicated that the 
economic scenarios used, the 
weightings applied to scenarios, 
and the utilisation of PMAs to 
capture the risk of factors such 
as interest rate risk and 
inflation were reasonable. Other 
PMAs recorded by management 
were considered to be 
appropriate and complete. 
We communicated that the 
considerations made by 
management in these areas 
meant that the ECL was 
reasonably stated. 
We communicated that we were 
satisfied with the accuracy and 
adequacy of the disclosures 
made. 
 

 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
49 
 
We performed stand back analysis through 
industry benchmarking to peers and other 
available sources of information to help assess the 
appropriateness of the ECL provision overall. 
We assessed the adequacy and appropriateness of 
disclosures for compliance with the accounting 
standards. 
Effective Interest Rate Accounting 
EIR Adjustment on the balance 
sheet (2024: £76m, 2023: £108m) 
Refer to Notes 2,4 and 15 of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements 
(page 67, 69 & 77) 
Accounting standards require that 
interest income on personal loans, 
credit cards and store cards is 
recognised at the effective interest 
rate (EIR). For products with 
introductory rates, such as credit 
cards and store cards, where the 
reversionary interest rate in future 
years is expected to be greater but 
receipt of such interest income 
depends on the customer remaining 
with the Bank, there is significant 
judgement involved in forecasting 
customer behaviour and estimating 
the future expected cash flows.  
EIR adjustments are sensitive to 
judgements about the expected 
behavioural lives and future yields of 
the product portfolios to which they 
relate.  
The risks, as we see them, are that: 
(a) the data used in making the 
estimate is not complete and 
accurate; 
(b) the judgements made are not 
appropriate; and 
(c) the calculation methodology is 
not applied correctly. 
In addition to the above, we 
determined that the group’s change 
in strategic direction for the Bank 
would affect certain judgments made 
in respect of EIR accounting. Specific 
elements of this are set out more 
fully in the key audit matter below 
“Accounting and reporting for the 
group’s phased withdrawal from core 
banking". 
 
We assessed the design effectiveness of key 
controls across the processes relevant to the EIR 
calculation process.  
We considered the completeness and accuracy of 
data inputs into the models by: 
 
(i) inspecting reconciliations from the general 
ledger to the source systems; and 
subsequently from the general ledger to the 
enterprise data warehouse. 
(ii) testing the data used in the EIR calculation by 
independently reconciling a sample of data 
feeding the model from the source system. 
 
We tested the appropriateness of assumptions by: 
 
(i) 
Reviewing the methodology to assess 
whether all key variables were appropriately 
considered and were being accounted for in 
accordance with the applicable accounting 
standards.  
 
(ii) Comparing judgements to:(a) observable 
recent customer behaviour, and (b) product 
pricing models.  
 
(iii) Evaluating the reasonableness of future 
cashflows as a result of the impact of the 
strategic decision to undertake a phased 
withdrawal from core banking business.  
 
(iv) Testing for indications of management bias 
through: (a) comparison of customer 
behaviour to observable market data; (b) 
review of judgements made by management 
for consistency with prior periods where 
appropriate; (c) performing sensitivity 
analysis over the impact of alternative 
behavioural lives and challenging the current 
behavioural lives used; and (d) challenging 
model alignment adjustments (“true-ups”) for 
appropriateness using our knowledge and 
experience across the industry, including 
assessing the appropriateness of the data, 
scenarios and calculations used in 
determining the true-up applied. 
 
We communicated that we 
were satisfied that the 
assumptions used in 
determining the EIR asset 
balance were reasonable and in 
accordance with the applicable 
accounting framework, and that 
we were satisfied with the 
completeness and accuracy of 
data used within the EIR 
models. 
 
 

 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
50 
 
We tested the application of the calculation 
methodology by: 
 
(i) Engaging our internal modelling specialists to 
test whether the variables and assumptions 
stated in management’s methodology 
documentation are implemented in 
management’s models;  
 
(ii) Engaging our internal modelling specialists to 
assess the macros that are used to input the 
raw data and perform the related calculations 
in the model files; 
 
(iii) Performing testing on the year-end 
calculation of EIR, including the underlying 
data integrity, the clerical accuracy of the 
calculation, and the application of relevant 
assumptions. 
Reliance on the processes and controls of third-party service providers 
Many of the Bank’s IT systems are 
hosted by third parties. The Bank 
receives reports, prepared by 
independent audit firms, on the 
effectiveness of the third parties’ 
control environments. In some 
instances, deficiencies in the control 
environment were identified or 
assurance was unable to be provided 
by the third party over the design and 
operating effectiveness of their 
control environment. 
There is a risk that there is 
insufficient oversight of the third-
party service providers and where 
control deficiencies at the third-party 
are identified, a report is not 
obtained, or assurance is unable to be 
obtained over the third-party control 
environment. These risks are:   
(a) not mitigated by 
compensating controls within the 
Bank’s own control environment; and  
(b) not appropriately quantified by 
the Bank. 
We consider the risk related to the 
oversight of third-party service 
providers to have increased in the 
current year due to a change in the 
Bank’s ability to rely on the design 
and operating effectiveness of 
controls in place at a key third party 
service organisation.   
We performed procedures to obtain an 
understanding of the processes which are 
outsourced to third-parties and their impact on 
the financial statements. 
We made inquiries of management to understand 
the process through which the Bank:  
(i) 
Monitors control effectiveness at third 
parties; and 
(ii) Performs control activities over the 
completeness and accuracy of data 
received from third parties. 
For the third-party service provider control reports 
obtained by the Bank, we obtained and inspected 
the reports to understand the design and 
operating effectiveness of the key controls in 
place. Where control deficiencies were identified 
or assurance over the control environment was 
unable to be provided, we assessed the impact on 
our planned audit procedures and, where 
necessary, performed incremental procedures in 
order to obtain reasonable assurance over the 
impacted account balances. 
We reviewed the assessment performed by 
management over the third-party service provider 
control reports, including:  
(i) 
The mapping of the key controls within 
the report to the processes in place at the 
Bank and identification of any 
complimentary end user controls in 
place at the Bank; and 
  
(ii) 
management’s evaluation of any 
ineffective controls within the control 
reports. 
We obtained reasonable 
assurance over the Bank’s 
processes and controls over the 
completeness and accuracy of 
data received from third parties. 
We inspected the Service and 
Organisation Control reports 
and are satisfied that 
management have responded 
appropriately to relevant 
control deficiencies. We have 
also assessed the 
implementation of the 
appropriate complimentary 
end-user controls where 
necessary. 

 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
51 
 
Where reports were not obtained or reports that 
were obtained were unable to provide reliance 
over the third-party control environment, we 
obtained and reviewed management’s assessment 
of these observations and the mitigating controls 
in place at the Bank. We tested the compensating 
controls where appropriate.  
 
Accounting and reporting for the group’s phased withdrawal from core banking is a new key audit matter in the current year because 
this has involved significant auditor judgement. Our evaluation of the directors’ going concern assessment has required an increased 
level of auditor attention and therefore is also a new key audit matter in the current year.  
Our application of materiality 
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the 
audit and in forming our audit opinion.   
Materiality 
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of the users of the financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and extent of our 
audit procedures. 
We determined materiality for the group to be £6m (2023: £6.2m) which is 0.8% of equity (2023: 1.5% of gross margin). We believe that 
equity provides us with the most appropriate basis for materiality, given the importance to the group of continuing to meet regulatory 
capital requirements as it undertakes a phased withdrawal from its core banking business over time. This represents a change from 
gross margin as the materiality basis in prior year, given the focus on capital adequacy over the withdrawal period. Revised materiality 
calculations undertaken on a basis of 1% equity would have led to increased materiality thresholds; however we did not consider it 
appropriate to raise materiality levels. As a result, materiality was capped broadly at the levels previously calculated amounts at 1.5% 
of gross margin, which results in 0.8% of equity.  
We determined materiality for the Parent Company to be £3.7m (2023: £4.3m), which is 0.5% of equity (2023: 1.5% of gross margin). This 
basis is consistent with the basis used for materiality of the group financial statements.  
Performance materiality 
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level. It is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately low level 
the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality. 
On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the group’s overall control environment, our judgement was that 
performance materiality was 75% of our planning materiality, namely £4.5m. We have set performance materiality at this percentage 
due to a limited history of misstatements or significant control deficiencies. 
Reporting threshold 
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial. 
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected audit differences in excess of £0.3m which is set at 
5% of planning materiality, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.   
We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in light of other 
relevant qualitative considerations in forming our opinion. 
 
 

 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
52 
 
Other information  
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report [set out on pages 2 to 42, 134 and 135], other than the 
financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the 
annual report. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in this report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.  
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If 
we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to 
a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is 
a material misstatement of the other information, we are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report in this regard. 
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit: 
• 
the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and  
• 
the strategic report and directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. 
Matters on which we are required to report by exception 
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and its environment obtained in the course of 
the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report. 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you 
if, in our opinion: 
• 
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or 
• 
the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or 
• 
certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 
• 
we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 
Responsibilities of directors 
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 42, the directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error.  
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group and parent company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to 
do so. 
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements  
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high 
level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.   
Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud 
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect irregularities, including fraud. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud 
is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or 

 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
53 
 
intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud is detailed below. 
However, the primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests with both those charged with governance of the 
company and management.  
• 
We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the group and determined that 
the most significant are the regulations, licence conditions and supervisory requirements of the Prudential Regulation 
Authority (PRA) and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and the Companies Act 2006. 
• 
We understood how Sainsbury’s Bank plc is complying with those frameworks making inquiries of management, internal 
audit, and those responsible for legal and compliance matters. We also performed review of regulatory correspondence and 
reviewed minutes of the Board and Board Risk Committee meetings held. We gained an understanding of the Bank’s approach 
to governance demonstrated by the Board’s enterprise risk management framework (‘ERMF’) and internal control processes. 
We also reviewed the Bank’s complaints and Whistleblowing processes. 
• 
We assessed the susceptibility of the group’s financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud might occur 
by assessing the controls that have established to address risks of fraud identified by the Bank, or that otherwise seek to 
prevent, deter, or detect fraud. We also considered performance and incentive plan targets and their potential to influence 
management to manage financial results.  
• 
Based on this understanding we designed our audit procedures to identify non-compliance with such laws and regulations. 
Our procedures involved inquiries of legal counsel, executive management, internal audit, and performed procedures over the 
risk of management override of internal control. We also focused our audit procedures on areas identified as higher risk as 
referred to in the key audit matters section of this report.  
• 
The Bank operates in the financial services industry which is a highly regulated environment. As such, the Senior Statutory 
Auditor considered the experience and expertise of the engagement team to ensure that the team had the appropriate 
competence and capabilities, which included the use of specialists where appropriate. 
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the 
Financial Reporting Council’s website at https://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s 
report. 
Other matters we are required to address  
• 
Following the recommendation from the audit committee we were appointed by the company on 16 August 2017 to audit the 
financial statements for the year ending 28 February 2018 and subsequent financial periods.  
The period of total uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals and reappointments is 7 years, covering the years 
ending 28 February 2018 to 29 February 2024. 
• 
The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company and we 
remain independent of the group and the parent company in conducting the audit.   
• 
The audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee. 
Use of our report 
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our 
audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in 
an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.   
 
 
Blake Adlem (Senior statutory auditor) 
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor 
Edinburgh 
24 April 2024 
 
 
 
 

 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
54 
 
Consolidated income statement 
For the year-ended 29 February 2024 
 
2024  
2023 
Note 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Restated1 
 
 
 
Interest income  
4 
460 
376 
Interest expense 
4 
(192) 
(74) 
Net interest income 
 
268 
302 
 
 
 
Fees and commissions income 
5 
145 
108 
Fees and commissions expense 
5 
(12) 
(10) 
Net fees and commissions income 
 
133 
98 
 
 
 
Other operating income 
6 
34 
28 
Total income 
 
435 
428 
 
 
 
Administrative expenses 
7 
(296) 
(264) 
Impairment of Intangible and Tangible assets 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
22 
21 
(9) 
(162) 
- 
- 
Depreciation and amortisation 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment 
22 
(2) 
(1) 
Intangible assets 
21 
(30) 
(31) 
Operating expenses 
 
(499) 
(296) 
 
 
 
Impairment losses on financial assets 
15 
(102) 
(109) 
Realised gains on financial instruments 
8 
1 
1 
(Loss) / profit before taxation 
 
(165) 
24 
 
 
 
Analysed as: 
 
 
 
Underlying profit before tax 
 
17 
29 
Non-underlying items 
9 
(182) 
(5) 
 
(165) 
24 
 
 
 
Taxation 
13 
39 
(7) 
 
 
 
(Loss) / profit for the financial year from continuing operations 
(126) 
17 
 
 
Discontinued operations 
 
 
Profit after tax from discontinued operations 
14 
3 
16 
 
 
(Loss) / profit for the financial year attributable to the owners of the Group 
(123) 
33 
1 The prior year has been restated following the classification of the mortgage business as a discontinued operation. Refer to notes 3 and 14 
 
The accompanying notes on pages 60 to 130 form part of these financial statements. 
 

 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
55 
 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
For the year ended 29 February 2024 
 
 
 
2024 
2023 
Note 
£m 
£m 
(Loss) / profit for the financial year 
 
(123) 
33
 
Other comprehensive income: 
 
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: 
 
  Financial assets fair value movements 
 
- 
2
FVOCI gains recycled to income statement 
 
- 
(1)
 
 
Total other comprehensive income, net of tax 
 
- 
1
 
 
Total comprehensive (expense) / income  
 
(123) 
34
 
 
Total comprehensive (expense) / income for the year attributable to 
the owners of the Group 
 
 
Continuing operations 
 
(126) 
18
Discontinued operations 
 
3 
16
 
All amounts are attributable to the owners of the Bank.  
 
The accompanying notes on pages 60 to 130 form part of these financial statements. 
 

 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
56 
 
Consolidated balance sheet 
As at 29 February 2024 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
 
Note 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Assets 
 
 
Cash, balances with central banks and other demand deposits 
17 
1,112 
546 
1,078 
499 
Loans and advances to banks 
18 
- 
100 
- 
100 
Derivative financial instruments 
19 
62 
99 
15 
47 
Investment securities  
20 
770 
741 
770 
741 
Loans and advances to customers 
15 
4,518 
5,293 
3,715 
4,555 
Investments in subsidiaries 
23 
- 
- 
325 
325 
Intangible assets 
21 
- 
179 
- 
147 
Property, plant and equipment   
22 
- 
9 
- 
9 
Other assets 
24 
354 
242 
843 
691 
Total assets 
 
6,816 
7,209 
6,746 
7,114 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer accounts 
25 
4,165 
4,735 
4,165 
4,735 
Other deposits 
26 
1,557 
1,212 
1,557 
1,212 
Subordinated liabilities 
27 
122 
122 
122 
122 
Derivative financial instruments 
19 
56 
53 
56 
53 
Other liabilities 
28 
126 
190 
92 
144 
Provisions for liabilities and charges 
29 
41 
31 
25 
12 
Total liabilities 
 
6,067 
6,343 
6,017 
6,278 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity 
 
 
 
 
 
Called up share capital 
30 
701 
701 
701 
701 
Retained earnings 
46 
163 
26 
133 
Other reserves 
2 
2 
2 
2 
Total equity 
749 
866 
729 
836 
 
 
 
 
Total equity and liabilities 
6,816 
7,209 
6,746 
7,114 
 
Retained loss for the year of £(112)m (2023: retained profit of £23m) is attributable to the Bank. Of this, retained losses of £(115)m (2023: 
retained profit of £7m) is relating to continuing operations and retained profit of £3m (2023: £16m) relates to the discontinued 
operations. Details of prior year restatements between continuing and discontinued operations for the Group can be found in Note 3.  
 
The financial statements on pages 54 to 130 were approved by the Board of Directors on 24 April 2024 and signed on its behalf by: 
 
 
 
 
 
Michael Larkin  
Director and Chief Financial Officer 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The accompanying notes on pages 60 to 130 form part of these financial statements. 
  
Sainsbury's Bank plc – Company number 3279730 
 
 

 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
57 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 29 February 2024 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 
Called up 
share capital 
Retained 
earnings 
Other 
reserves 
Total equity
The Group 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2023 
 
701 
163
2
866
 
 
Loss for the financial year 
 
- 
(123)
-
(123)
Other comprehensive income: 
 
 
Financial assets fair value movements (FVOCI) 
 
 
-
-
FVOCI gains recycled to income statement 
 
- 
-
-
-
Total comprehensive (expense) 
 
- 
 (123)
-
(123)
 
Transactions with owners: 
 
Share-based payment (net of tax) 
 
-
6
-
6
Dividends Paid 
 
-
-
-
-
At 29 February 2024 
 
701
46
2
749
 
Note 
Called up 
share capital 
Retained 
earnings 
Other  
reserves 
Total equity
The Group 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2022 
 
701
175
1
877
 
Profit for the financial year 
 
-
33
-
33
Other comprehensive income: 
Financial assets fair value movements (FVOCI) 
 
2
2
FVOCI gains recycled to income statement 
 
-
-
 (1)
(1)
Total comprehensive (expense) 
 
-
33
1
34
 
 
Transactions with owners: 
 
Share-based payment (net of tax) 
 
-
5
-
5
Dividends Paid 
 
-
(50)
-
 (50)
At 28 February 2023 
 
701
163
2
866
 
All amounts are attributable to the owners of the Group. 
 
The accompanying notes on pages 60 to 130 form part of these financial statements.

 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
58 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 29 February 2024  
 
 
 
 
Note 
Called up 
share capital 
Retained 
earnings 
Other 
reserves 
Total equity
The Bank 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
As at 1 March 2023 
 
701 
133
2
836
 
 
Loss for the financial year 
 
- 
(112)
-
(112)
Capital reduction 
 
- 
-
-
-
Other comprehensive income: 
 
 
Financial assets fair value movements (FVOCI) 
 
- 
-
-
-
FVOCI gains recycled to income statement 
 
- 
-
-
-
Total comprehensive income 
 
- 
(112)
-
(112)
 
 
Transactions with owners: 
 
 
Share-based payment (net of tax) 
 
- 
5
-
5
Dividends Paid 
 
- 
-
-
-
At 29 February 2024 
 
701 
26
2
729
 
Note 
Called up 
share capital 
Retained 
earnings 
Other  
reserves 
Total equity
The Bank 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2022 
 
701 
155 
1 
857
 
 
 
 
Profit for the financial year 
 
- 
23 
- 
23
Capital reduction 
 
- 
- 
- 
-
Other comprehensive income: 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets fair value movements (FVOCI) 
 
 
 
2 
2
FVOCI gains recycled to income statement 
 
- 
- 
(1) 
(1)
Total comprehensive income 
 
- 
23 
1 
24
 
 
 
 
 
Transactions with owners: 
 
 
 
 
Share-based payment (net of tax) 
 
- 
5 
- 
5
Dividends Paid 
 
 - 
(50) 
- 
(50)
At 28 February 2023 
 
701 
133 
2 
836
 
All amounts are attributable to the owners of the Bank. 
 
The accompanying notes on pages 60 to 130 form part of these financial statements.

 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
59 
 
Consolidated cash flow statement 
For the year ended 29 February 2024 
 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
 
Note 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
(Loss) / profit before taxation from continuing operations1 
 
 (165) 
24
 (153) 
11
Profit before taxation from discounted operations1 
 
4 
20
4 
20
Total profit before tax 
 
 (161) 
44
 (149) 
31
 
 
 
Non-cash and other items included in profit before taxation 
 
328 
153
244 
87
Change in operating assets and liabilities 
 
326 
167
400 
231
Income tax payments 
 
 (3) 
 (4)
 (3) 
 (4)
Cash flows (used in) / generated from operating activities 
16 
490 
360
492 
345
 
 
 
Purchase of equipment 
 
 (2) 
 (1)
 (2) 
 (1)
Purchase of intangibles 
 
 (13) 
 (20)
 (2) 
 (11)
Cash flows (used in) / generated investing activities 
 
 (15) 
 (21)
 (4) 
 (12)
 
 
 
Interest paid on subordinated liabilities 
 
 (13) 
 (9)
 (13) 
 (9)
Dividend Paid 
 
- 
 (50)
- 
 (50)
Repayment of subordinated liabilities 
 
- 
 (175)
- 
 (175)
Issuance of subordinated liabilities 
 
- 
120
- 
120
Lease payments 
 
 (1) 
 (1)
 (1) 
 (1)
Cash flows (used in) / generated financing activities 
 
 (14) 
 (115)
 (14) 
 (115)
 
 
 
Change in cash and cash equivalents  
 
461 
224
474 
218
 
 
 
Total Change in cash and cash equivalents 
 
461 
224
474 
218
 
 
 
Opening cash and cash equivalents 
 
646 
422
599 
381
 
 
 
Closing cash and cash equivalents 
 
1,107 
646
1,073 
599
1 The prior year has been restated following the classification of the mortgage business as a discontinued operation. 
 
For the purposes of the cash flow statements, cash and cash equivalents comprise the following: 
The Group 
The Bank 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Cash, balances with central banks and other demand deposits 
1,112 
546
1,078 
499
Less: mandatory reserve deposit held at central banks 
 (14) 
 (15)
 (14) 
 (15)
1,098 
531
1,064 
484
Investment securities  
9 
115
9 
115
1,107 
646
1,073 
599
 
The accompanying notes on pages 60 to 130 part of these financial statements. 

 
 
 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
60
Notes to the financial statements 
 
1. 
Basis of Preparation  
 
The Sainsbury’s Bank consolidated financial statements represent the year ended 29 February 2024 and incorporate the financial 
statements of the Bank and the entities it controls. These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted 
international accounting standards. 
The Group provides a range of retail banking services and related financial services wholly within the UK.  
The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified for the revaluation of financial assets 
and liabilities (including derivative instruments) held at fair value through profit and loss and fair value through other comprehensive 
income. The principal accounting policies have been applied consistently throughout the year. 
The Group has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and therefore does not present the income 
statement and statement of comprehensive income of the Bank on a standalone basis.  
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. The Directors have considered the appropriateness of the going 
concern basis of preparation of the financial statements, taking into account the Group’s current and projected performance, with 
specific additional consideration given to the impacts of the strategic changes to the business as described in the Strategic Report on 
page 3. The strategy change introduces new or amended risks in respect of capital and liquidity adequacy as well as a change as regards 
the manner in which future trade of the Group is undertaken. There is no intention to cease trading, as outlined in the commitment to 
continue the provision of financial services via a distributed model. The assessment period for the purposes of considering going 
concern is the 12 months to 24 April 2025, however, in accordance with IAS 1, the Directors have also considered factors beyond this 
timeframe where longer term financial and operational forecasts and scenarios have been prepared. 
The strategy change introduces new or amended risks in respect of liquidity and capital adequacy which arise from the move to offer 
financial services products by dedicated financial services providers and the phased withdrawal from the core banking business. Taking 
into account the current and forecast levels of liquidity and capital together with the related headroom, the Directors have considered 
and assessed the potential impact of the strategic change and the risks arising thereon. The evaluation has included the quantification 
of any potentially adverse impacts of customer behaviour as well as the timing of repayment of external funding. Having undertaken 
this assessment, the Directors are satisfied that the Group has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to withstand severe but 
plausible adverse scenarios stemming from the risks of the strategic change prior to any additional mitigating actions being taken. In 
the event of any mitigations being required, the Directors are confident that additional liquidity could be raised through future asset 
securitisations or other sources of funding. Accordingly, it has been concluded that this does not result in any material uncertainties 
affecting the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. The Directors are also comfortable that, as at the date of approval of these 
financial statements, none of the scenarios considered result in the legal entity ceasing to trade.  
Consequently, the going concern basis continues to be appropriate in preparing the financial statements. 
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 requires the use of certain 
critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting 
policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to 
the financial statements are disclosed in note 2.  
The risk management framework as described in the strategic report on page 29 is considered adequate in managing liquidity and 
other key risks in the current environment including managing the elevated risks post the change in strategy. The Group continues to 
maintain its strong capital and liquidity position and has also been subject to review and challenge by the PRA as part of its remit as 
lead regulator of the Group. Further information on the key financial risks of the business can be found in note 33. 
The Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of J Sainsbury plc and the Group results are included in the consolidated financial statements 
of J Sainsbury plc which are publicly available. 
Foreign currencies 
The Bank and Consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling which is the Group’s functional and presentation currency. 
Foreign currency transactions are translated into sterling at the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction. Monetary 
assets and liabilities are translated at financial position date exchange rates. Exchange differences arising are recognised in the income 
statement. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
61 
 
 
1. 
Basis of Preparation (continued) 
 
Classification and measurement of financial instruments 
The Group classifies all of its financial assets based on the business model for managing the assets and the assets’ contractual terms, 
measured at either: 
- 
Amortised cost, 
- 
Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI), or 
- 
Fair value through profit and loss (FVPL) 
To determine their classification and measurement category, IFRS 9 requires all financial assets, except equity instruments and 
derivatives, to be assessed based on a combination of the entity’s business model for managing the assets and the instruments’ 
contractual cash flow characteristics. 
The business model assessment reflects how the Group manages the risks relating to the underlying financial assets, including whether 
the Group’s principal objective is to collect the contractual cashflows arising from the instruments (amortised cost), to sell the financial 
instruments (FVPL) or a combination thereof (FVOCI). 
The Group’s business model is not assessed on an instrument-by-instrument basis, but at a higher level of aggregated portfolios and 
is based on observable factors such as how performance is reported to the entity’s key management personnel, the way that risks are 
managed, how managers of the business are compensated and the expected frequency, value and timing of sales are also important 
aspects of the Group’s assessment. In light of the recent strategic change regarding the Group moving to a distributed provision of 
financial services, the Group has considered whether any changes to the business model assessment exist under IFRS 9 and have 
concluded there has been no change at the 29 February 2024, meaning the Group’s business model continues to be collection of 
contractual cashflows.  
The business model assessment is based on reasonably expected scenarios without taking ‘worst case’ or ‘stress case’ scenarios into 
account. If cash flows after initial recognition are realised in a way that is different from the Group’s original expectations, the Group 
does not change the classification of the remaining financial assets held in that business model but incorporates such information 
when assessing newly originated or newly purchased financial assets going forward.
As a second step of its classification process, where the business model involves the collection of contractual cashflows, the Group 
assesses the contractual cashflow characteristics of financial assets to identify whether they can be considered solely payments of 
principal and interest (the SPPI test).  
Amortised cost 
Financial assets that are principally held for the collection of contractual cashflows which pass the SPPI test are classified as amortised 
cost. Initial recognition is at fair value and subsequent measurement is at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate method, less 
provision for impairment as described in the impairment section below.  
Fair value through other comprehensive income  
Financial assets that are held for both the purpose of collecting contractual cashflows and to sell which pass the SPPI test are classified 
as FVOCI. Initial recognition and subsequent measurement are at fair value, with movements in fair value being recognised through 
OCI. Interest income is measured using the effective interest rate method and impairment gains and losses are recognised in the 
income statement. 
 
Fair value through profit and loss 
Financial assets that do not meet amortised cost or FVOCI criteria are classified as FVPL. 
Equity instruments 
Upon initial recognition, the Group occasionally elects to classify irrevocably some of its equity investments as equity instruments at 
FVOCI when they meet the definition of Equity under IAS 32 Financial instruments: Presentation and are not held for trading. Such 
classification is determined on an instrument-by-instrument basis. Gains and losses on these equity instruments are never recycled 
to profit or loss. Dividends are recognised in profit or loss as other operating income. 
Where this election is not applied equity instruments are measured at FVPL. 
Financial liabilities 
Other than derivative financial liabilities, all of the Group’s financial liabilities are recognised at amortised cost. Derivatives are 
classified as FVPL. 
Basis of consolidation 
The consolidated financial statements of the Group comprise the financial statements of the Bank and all consolidated subsidiaries. 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
62 
 
 
1. 
Basis of Preparation (continued) 
 
Subsidiaries 
Subsidiaries are all entities, including special purpose entities, over which the Group has control. This is when the Group is exposed to, 
or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over 
the entity. The results of subsidiaries are included in the income statement from the date of acquisition or, in the case of disposals, up 
to the effective date of disposal. Intercompany transactions and balances between Group companies are eliminated upon 
consolidation. 
The consolidated subsidiaries of the Bank are as follows: 
- Home Retail Group Card Services Limited 
- Home Retail Group Insurance Services Limited 
- ARG Personal Loans Limited 
- Drury Lane Funding 2020-1 plc 
Argos Personal Loans Limited has an active proposal to strike off the register at Companies House. 
 
Standards and interpretations effective for the Company in these financial statements: 
No new standards or interpretations became effective in the period or in the prior year that have a material impact on the Group. 
Standards and interpretations effective for the Company in future periods: 
No new standards, issued by the IASB but not yet effective, are expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements 
in future periods. 
2. 
Material accounting policies and judgements  
The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the 
application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, most critically in respect of impairment losses on loans and 
advances, capitalisation of intangible assets, effective yield and onerous provisions.  
Judgements and estimates are evaluated regularly and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of 
future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Any revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the 
period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future periods if the 
revision affects both current and future periods.  
All accounting policies material to the Group’s financial statements are included within each respective line item’s disclosure note. 
Accounting policies relating to immaterial transactions, events or conditions are themselves immaterial and therefore not disclosed. 
In assessing the Group’s judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty, consideration has been given to the impact of climate 
change risk on these. Climate change risks do not have any impacts on the Group’s judgements or sources of estimation uncertainty. 
Consideration has also been given to the judgements and estimates arising from the announcement that financial services products 
to be offered in the future will be provided by dedicated financial services providers through a distributed model and over time this will 
result in a phased withdrawal from the core banking business.  
Key judgements have included the classification of costs as non-underlying items (Note 9), provisioning including the introduction of 
an Onerous Contracts Provision (Note 29) and management forecasts of future performance used to determine impairments and 
probability weighting on related cash flow projections to support such charges. In this regard two scenarios were considered to 
represent the range of possible outcomes as the Group implements the revised strategy, one comprising a sale of certain portfolios 
and the other a run down of certain portfolios over time (Notes 15 and 33). 
Impairment of loans and advances 
Impairment loss models involve the estimation of future cash flows of financial assets, based on observable data at the financial 
position date and historical loss experience for assets with similar credit risk characteristics. This will typically take into account the 
level of arrears, security, past loss experience and default levels. 
These calculations are undertaken on a portfolio basis using various statistical modelling techniques. Impairment models are 
continually reviewed to ensure data and assumptions are appropriate with the most material assumption being around expected loss 
rates.  
The Group has an Independent Model Oversight function who periodically validate the performance of IFRS 9 models including 
methodology and predictive accuracy. Monitoring is undertaken at Model Risk Committee (MRC) on a monthly basis with actions put 
in place to remediate any deficiencies. 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
63 
 
2. 
Material accounting policies and judgements (continued) 
 
Significant increase in credit risk (SICR) 
The Group determines whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk by reference to quantitative thresholds, qualitative 
indicators and has also chosen to adopt the rebuttable backstop presumption that credit risk has significantly increased if contractual 
payments are more than 30 days past due. 
Quantitative thresholds have been determined that when the PD of an instrument as at the reporting date has increased to greater 
than a specified multiple of the origination PD, a significant increase in credit risk is deemed to have occurred. Qualitative tests are 
based around selective credit origination policy rules. In addition to variable risk appetite metrics, certain rules are in place at account 
origination for Loans and Credit Cards in order to decline accounts that may demonstrate factors outside of risk appetite that are not 
yet reflected in PD. At the reporting date, if an account satisfies any of these policy decline rules that it had not at the point of 
origination, it will be considered to have significantly increased in credit risk.  
There is no probationary period applied in respect of accounts that cure from stage 2 to stage 1. Transfer criteria have been subject to 
extensive analysis to ensure that they appropriately reflect the flow of accounts from origination to default so as to maximise the 
number of accounts that flow through the stages and minimise accounts that jump directly from stage 1 to stage 3, or that fail to enter 
stage 3 from stage 2.  
The Group has applied the low credit risk exemption in respect of its high-quality treasury portfolio held for liquidity purposes. This 
exemption permits low credit risk loans (i.e. those considered investment grade) to remain in stage 1 without an assessment of 
significant increase in credit risk.  
Definition of default 
The Group’s definition of default is used in determining those accounts classified as stage 3 (i.e. credit impaired). The Group has chosen 
not to rebut the backstop presumption prescribed by IFRS 9 that where an account is 90 days or more past its due date then default 
has occurred. 
The Group has also defined a number of unlikeliness to pay criteria that result in an account being deemed to have defaulted.  These 
include: 
• 
Where operational collections activities have been exhausted on accounts that are less than 90 days past due and the account is 
subject to recoveries processes 
• 
If any forbearance has been granted on the account 
• 
Where the customer is subject to insolvency proceedings 
• 
Where the customer is deceased 
Where an account no longer meets any of the default criteria, such as by bringing payments back up to date, the Group will continue 
to consider the account as being in default for the probation period (24 months for Loans and Credit Cards, and 12 months for 
Storecards) from the date when it last met the definition of default. 
IFRS 9 staging and management of credit risk 
The Group’s staging criteria as outlined above is used to monitor credit risk performance at various management forums, and board-
level governance including Audit Committee and Board Risk Committee. Key metrics such as coverage ratio and proportion of balances 
in each stage are monitored for directional movements, albeit there are no explicit risk appetite thresholds in this area.  
Write off 
Loans and advances to customers are written off (either partially or in full) when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. This is 
generally the case when the Group determines that the borrower does not have assets or sources of income that could generate 
sufficient cash flows to repay the amounts subject to write off. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off result in 
impairment gains recorded in the income statement.  
Expected lifetime 
For the purposes of considering the lifetime probability of default, the expected lifetime of a financial asset is the contractual term 
where this is fixed within the contract, or in the case of revolving products such as credit cards a behavioural life is determined by 
reference to historic trends.  
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
64 
 
 
2. 
Material accounting policies and judgements (continued) 
Portfolios 
The Group calculates its ECL on a portfolio-based approach (collective assessment). The different portfolios the Group has are Loans, 
Credit Cards, AFS Storecards and AFS Monthly Payment Plan (MPP). The products within the different portfolios share key 
characteristics such as term, interest rate, repayment expectations and operational processes which drive related assumptions within 
ECL models. 
Modified financial assets 
When the contractual cash flows of a financial asset have been renegotiated or modified and the financial asset was not derecognised, 
its gross carrying amount is recalculated as the present value of the modified contractual cash flows, discounted at the original 
effective interest rate with a gain or loss recognised in the income statement. In practice the renegotiation of lending is linked to an 
impairment event (forbearance) and any related gains or losses are reflected in the impairment charge recognised in the income 
statement. 
Overlays and Post model adjustments (PMAs) 
Overlays and PMAs are short-term increases or decreases to the ECL at either a customer or portfolio level to account for items that 
have not been fully reflected in the existing models. Consistent with the most recent recommendations of the Taskforce on Disclosures 
about Expected Credit Losses (DECL), the Group has defined overlays as adjustments made outside of the granular account level ECL 
calculation and PMAs as being calculated at granular account level, most often in respect of known data or model limitations.  
Internal governance is in place to approve and monitor overlays and PMAs regularly and to reduce the reliance on them through model 
recalibration or redevelopment, as appropriate. 
Overlays and PMAs applied in estimating the reported ECL at 29 February 2024 are set out in the following table. The table includes 
adjustments in relation to data and model limitations. It shows the adjustments applicable to the scenario-weighted ECL numbers.  
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2024
£m
2023
£m
2024
£m
2023
£m
Economic overlays 
 
2
 
1
 
2
2
Operational PMAs 
 
(1)
 
(4)
 
(13)
(16)
Total  
 
1
 
(3)
 
(11)
(14)
 
The proportion of net overlays and PMAs for the Group is 1% of the total ECL provision at 29 February 2024 (2023: -1%).  
Economic overlays are included where management judge the underlying models do not respond adequately to the economic 
scenarios. The key economic uncertainty is the threat from interest rates as the models have been built using data from the recent 
historic low period for interest rates and do not adequately respond to the current economic forecasts in a higher rate environment 
and therefore hold a post model adjustment.  
The majority of the operational PMAs relate to specific model limitations that have been manually corrected whilst a permanent fix is 
being developed. These are driving the majority of the year on year movement in operational PMAs as model fixes have been promoted 
into live. Additionally, we include a PMA for VAT recoverable via Bad Debt Relief where the debt arose as a consequence of sales in 
Sainsbury’s or Argos.    
For all PMAs there will always be an attempt to use existing IFRS 9 models as a base and amend assumptions and methodology as 
required to determine the level of impact a specific change would make. This change in ECL is recognised as a PMA until such time as 
those changes are implemented into production and the PMA can be removed. 
Management use of ECL information 
ECL forecasts and sensitivities are used in assessing the expected returns on different forms of lending and forms part of the 
assessment of whether lending should be offered. Default rates for certain subgroups within a portfolio drive forecasts and estimates 
when investigating the risks of lending changes within that portfolio. 
ECL information is a key driver of financial performance and key performance drivers are regularly included in internal financial 
reporting. Where relevant, plausible alternative scenarios and assumptions will be presented as sensitivities to the current position or 
forecast to enable informed decisions on lending and provisioning to be made. 
Macro-economic scenarios 
IFRS 9 requires that the measurement of ECL should reflect an unbiased and probability weighted amount that is determined by 
evaluating a range of forward-looking economic assumptions. The Group has engaged an external supplier to provide economic 
forecasts which are subject to review, challenge and approval through the Group’s governance processes.  

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
65 
 
 
2. 
Material accounting policies and judgements (continued) 
 
The ECL models utilise 4 scenarios (2023: 4 scenarios) including a ‘base case’ scenario considered to be the most likely outcome together 
with an upside, downside and severe downside scenario. The base case has been assigned a probability weighting of 40% with the 
upside, downside and severe downside scenarios weighted 30%, 25% and 5% respectively (2023: base scenario 40%, upside, downside 
and severe downside scenarios were 30%, 25% and 5% respectively). 
Each portfolio, when modelled for IFRS9, showed different characteristics with predictive tendencies and this is the key driver for using 
different economic variables across portfolios. Unsecured products place greater weighting on unemployment rates, GDP and inflation.  
Approval and governance of the Group scenarios is via RCRC & ALCo, with ALCo approving the appropriate scenario weightings to be 
applied to ensure the most appropriate reflection of our views on future variables, such as unemployment and CPI rates.  
Beyond the 5-year forecast period, forecast economic variables are assumed to revert to long term averages, with the exception of 
unemployment which is expected to experience a gradual return to 4% by 2030. They are applied in ECL models for the remaining 
residual behavioural life of the related financial instruments, which can also exceed 5 years. 
The graphs below plot the data for Unemployment, GDP, Consumer price growth and mortgage debt as a percentage of household 
income for each of the 4 scenarios used in our IFRS 9 models:  
 
 
 
 
The most material economic variables to the calculation of ECL are unemployment and GDP. 
Our base case scenario envisages a peak unemployment 4.6% in Q2 2024 before reverting to the long-term average in Q4 2030 and a 
spike in CPI of 3.4% in the first quarter of 2024. 
The key macro-economic assumptions included in the ECL calculation have also been summarised in the table below (shown as 5-year 
averages from the reporting date). 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
66 
 
 
2. 
Material accounting policies and judgements (continued) 
 
Scenario 5 Year Averages 
As at 29 February 2024 
Base
%
Upside 
% 
Downside
%
Severe Downside 
% 
  
Unemployment rate 
4.4 
4.0 
5.5 
7.2  
Consumer price growth  
2.0 
1.1 
3.1 
4.3  
GDP 
1.2 
1.8 
0.3 
(0.6)  
Mortgage debt as a percentage of household income 
91.4 
88.4 
95.5 
100.1  
Real household disposable income 
1.6 
2.3 
0.7 
(0.2)  
Probability weighting 
40 
30 
25 
5  
 
 
 
  
Sensitivity analysis 
 
 
 
  
Increase (decrease) in gross balance stage allocation 
under 100% probability weighting: 
 
 
 
  
Stage 1 
£35.1m 
£89.4m 
£(119.2)m 
£(466.5)m  
Stage 2 
£(35.1)m 
£(89.4)m 
£119.2m 
£466.5m  
Increase (decrease) on ECL provision under 100% 
probability weighting 
£(5.3)m 
£(15.0)m 
£17.9m 
£61.8m  
 
 
Scenario 5 Year Averages 
As at 28 February 2023 
Base
%
Upside 
% 
Downside 
% 
Severe Downside
% 
Unemployment rate 
5.3 
4.5 
6.2 
7.6  
Consumer price growth  
3.4 
2.9 
3.8 
4.3  
GDP 
0.8 
1.4 
0.3 
(0.3)  
Mortgage debt as a percentage of household income 
99.9 
97.6 
102.0 
104.5  
Real household disposable income 
0.8 
1.2 
0.2 
(0.3)  
Probability weighting 
40 
30 
25 
5  
 
 
 
  
Sensitivity analysis 
 
 
 
  
Increase (decrease) in gross balance stage allocation under 
100% probability weighting: 
 
 
 
  
Stage 1 
£15.7m 
£90.7m 
£(95.5)m 
£(330)m  
Stage 2 
£(15.7)m 
£(90.7)m 
£95.5m 
£330m  
Increase (decrease) on ECL provision under 100% probability 
weighting 
£(2.5)m 
£(12.5)m 
£12.9m 
£44.5m  
 
The base scenarios continue to reflect current uncertain conditions, particularly around interest rates. In the prior year conditions were 
similarly uncertain, however there were additionally concerns of potential recession and spikes in inflation.  
The sensitivity disclosed above is based on the modelled ECL and does not include overlays and PMAs.  
Further explanation of the inputs, assumptions, estimation techniques used at the reporting date in measuring ECLs are set out at note 
15. 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
67 
 
 
2. 
Material accounting policies and judgements (continued) 
 
Capitalisation and carrying value of intangible assets 
Capitalisation of intangible assets involves an assessment as to the appropriateness of costs that meet the qualifying criteria of IAS 
38. 
Intangible assets are assessed to ensure they continue to meet the criteria of IAS 38, and for indicators of impairment, at each balance 
sheet date or more frequently where required by changes in circumstances. 
Where impairments are indicated, the carrying values of fixed assets are written down by the amount of the impairment and the charge 
is recognised in profit or loss in the period in which it occurs. A previously recognised impairment charge on an intangible asset may 
be reversed in full or in part where a change in circumstances leads to a change in the estimates used to determine its recoverable 
amount. The carrying value of the asset will only be increased to the carrying value at which it would have been held had the 
impairment not been recognised.  
Details of impairments recognised in the period including the approach undertaken and the Group’s accounting policy are disclosed in 
notes 21 & 22. 
Effective interest rate 
In calculating the effective interest rate of a financial instrument, the Group takes into account all amounts that are integral to the 
yield of a financial instrument as well as incremental transaction costs. In the case of loans and advances to customers significant 
judgement is applied in estimating the effect of various factors, including future customer transactional and repayment behaviours, 
on future cash flows. As at 29 February 2024 the carrying value of the EIR asset was £76m (2023: £108m). In the financial year, the Group 
recognised a £21m reduction resulting from the strategic change impacting assumptions about future behaviours. 
Estimates are based on historical experience from similar product types. Management considers that the most material judgements 
are the post promotional yield and the repayment rate on the Bank’s credit card portfolio.  
To the extent that post promotional yield were to shift by +/- 100bps, the value of EIR asset would change by +/- £5m. To the extent that 
the repayment rate was to increase by +/-5% the value of the EIR asset would change by +/- £3m.  
Provisions for Onerous Contracts 
Provisions for onerous contracts are recognised in line with IAS 37 where the Group believes that the unavoidable costs of meeting or 
novating a contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it. In assessing this the Group is required to use the 
best estimate of the benefits to be realised in respect of the contracts, as opposed to requiring a committed plan that renders contracts 
onerous. The unavoidable costs reflect the lower of the incremental costs of fulfilling the contract and any penalties arising from failure 
to fulfil it. Further detail can be found in Note 29. 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
68 
 
3. 
Prior year restatements 
 
Following the Group’s announcement to sell the mortgage portfolio in August 2023, the Group has classified the mortgage business as 
a discontinued operation in the current year. More detail on this can be found in Note 14. The comparative figures in the consolidated 
income statement have therefore been restated in line with the current year presentation of the mortgage business. The impacts of 
these restatements on the comparative figures for the year ended 28 February 2023 are presented below. 
 
  
As previously 
reported 
Discontinued 
Operations 
Restated 
 The Group 
£m 
£m 
£m 
  
 
  
  
Interest income  
394 
 (18) 
 376 
Interest expense 
(74) 
- 
(74) 
Net interest income 
320 
(18) 
302 
 
 
 
 
Fees and commissions income 
109 
(1) 
108 
Fees and commissions expense 
(10) 
- 
(10) 
Net fees and commissions income 
99 
(1) 
98 
 
 
 
 
Other operating income 
28 
- 
28 
Total income 
447 
(19) 
428 
 
 
 
 
Administrative expenses 
(266) 
2 
(264) 
Depreciation and amortisation 
- 
- 
- 
Property, plant and equipment 
(1) 
- 
(1) 
Intangible assets 
(31) 
- 
(31) 
Operating expenses 
(298) 
2 
(296) 
 
 
 
 
Impairment losses on financial assets 
(107) 
(2) 
(109) 
Realised gains on financial instruments 
1 
- 
1 
Fair value gains on financial instruments 
1 
(1) 
- 
Profit before taxation 
44 
(20) 
24 
 
 
 
 
Analysed as: 
 
 
 
Underlying profit before tax 
49 
(20) 
29 
Non-underlying items 
(5) 
- 
(5) 
 
44 
(20) 
24 
 
 
 
 
Taxation 
(11) 
4 
(7) 
 
 
 
 
Profit for the financial year attributable to the 
owners of the Group 
33 
(16) 
17 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
69 
 
4. 
Net interest income 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Interest income and expense in the income statement is determined using the effective interest rate method. 
This calculation takes into account all amounts that are integral to the yield as well as incremental transaction 
costs. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts the expected future cash flows over the expected life 
of the financial instrument to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or liability at initial recognition. 
 
The effective interest rate of a financial asset is calculated on initial recognition and is applied to the gross 
carrying amount of the asset. For financial assets that have become credit-impaired subsequent to initial 
recognition, interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the amortised cost of the 
financial asset net of impairment. If the asset is no longer credit impaired, then the calculation of interest income 
reverts to the gross basis.  
 
Interest income calculated using the effective interest method presented in the income statement includes 
interest on financial assets and financial liabilities measured at amortised cost, at fair value through other 
comprehensive income and the effective portion of hedge accounting instruments. Interest expense presented 
in the statement of profit or loss includes financial liabilities measured at amortised cost and the effective portion 
of hedge accounting instruments for derivatives in a hedge accounting relationship.  
 
Interest income and expense on other financial assets and financial liabilities at FVPL are presented in fair value 
gains on financial instruments (see note 8). 
 
Interest expense on lease liabilities is included within Interest expense on customer accounts, deposits and 
borrowings. 
 
  The Group 
2024 
2023 
 
£m 
£m 
Continuing operations 
 
Restated1 
  
  
  
Interest income calculated using the effective interest rate method: 
  
  
Interest income on financial assets measured at amortised cost 
399 
351 
Interest income on financial assets measured at FVOCI 
39 
13 
Interest income on derivatives 
22 
12 
Interest receivable 
460 
376 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Interest expense on customer accounts, deposits and borrowings  
(179) 
(62) 
Interest expense on subordinated liabilities 
(13) 
(12) 
Interest payable 
(192) 
(74) 
  
  
  
Net interest income 
268 
302 
1 The prior year has been restated following the classification of the mortgage business as a discontinued operation. Refer to notes 3 and 14  

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
70 
 
5. 
Net fees and commissions income 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Fees and commissions income 
Fees and commissions that are not integral to the effective interest rate calculation primarily relate to credit card 
and Storecard fees, ATM interchange fees, insurance introduction commission and warranty commission 
receivable from insurance partners. These are recognised in the income statement on an accruals basis as 
performance obligations are satisfied. 
 
Banking income 
The Group earns income on credit card, Storecard and ATM interchange fees, and from transaction-based fees 
which are charged to the customer’s account. The revenue relating to transactions is recognised at the point in 
time when the transaction takes place.  
 
Insurance income 
The Group earns commission income from the sale of insurance policies underwritten by a third party. This 
commission income is recognised as policies are sold, in line with the satisfaction of performance obligations to 
the customers.  
 
Contract balances 
Contract assets relate to the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. These costs are 
capitalised and deferred over the period to which performance obligations are satisfied and revenue is earned. 
Judgement is applied by management when determining what costs qualify to be capitalised, in particular 
whether these costs are incremental and whether they are expected to be recoverable.  
 
 
 
Disaggregation of fee and commission income  
 
In the following table, fee and commission income from contracts with customers in scope of IFRS 15 is disaggregated by major type 
of service.  
 
  The Group 
2024 
2023 
 
£m 
£m 
Continuing operations 
 
Restated1 
  
  
  
Banking income 
67 
71 
Insurance income 
41 
36 
Other income 
37 
1 
Total fees and commission income 
145 
108 
  
  
  
Fees payable 
(12) 
(10) 
Total fees and commission payable 
(12) 
(10) 
  
  
  
Net fees and commission income 
133 
98 
1 The prior year has been restated following the classification of the mortgage business as a discontinued operation. Refer to notes 3 and 14 
Capitalised costs incurred to obtain contracts in the year were £3m (2023: £2m) and the unamortised balance as at the reporting date, 
included within other assets in note 24 was £4m (2023: £5m). These costs relate to incremental costs of acquiring insurance contracts 
with customers.  
The amount of amortisation recognised in the year relating to capitalised costs to obtain contracts with customers was £4m (2023: 
£4m). 
Other income primarily comprises royalty income from Argos Limited, a fellow subsidiary undertaking of J Sainsbury plc. 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
71 
 
6. 
Other operating income 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Other operating income comprises the margin from the sale of Travel Money, representing the difference between 
the purchase price and the selling price, is recognised on the effective date of the customer transaction. 
 
2024
2023 
The Group 
£m
£m 
Travel Money income 
34
28
Other operating income 
34
28
 
7. 
Administrative expenses 
 
  The Group 
2024 
2023 
 
£m 
£m 
Continuing operations 
 
Restated1 
  
  
  
Staff costs: 
  
  
Wages and salaries 
(88) 
(74) 
Social security costs 
(10) 
(9) 
Pension costs 
(5) 
(4) 
Share-based payments 
(6) 
(5) 
  
(109) 
(92) 
  
  
  
Other operating costs 
(187) 
(172) 
  
(296) 
(264) 
1 The prior year has been restated following the classification of the mortgage business as a discontinued operation. Refer to notes 3 and 14 
 
Staff costs and other operating costs include £32m (2023: £6m) of non-underlying items as described in note 9. 
 
See note 10 for further details on employee arrangements. 
 
8. 
Gains/(losses) on financial assets and liabilities 
 
The Group 
2024
2023 
£m
£m 
Continuing operations 
Restated1 
 
 
Realised gains on derecognition 
1
1 
 
Fair value gains on derivatives not in an effective hedge relationship 
-
- 
1The prior year has been restated following the classification of the mortgage business as a discontinued operation. Refer to notes 3 and 14 
 
Further detail on the Group’s hedging policies is provided in note 19. 
Finance fair value movements relate to net fair value movements on derivative financial instruments not designated in a hedging 
relationship and any hedge ineffectiveness that is expected to amortise over the remaining life of the hedged items. 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
72 
 
9. 
Non-underlying items 
 
In order to provide shareholders with additional insight into the year-on-year performance of the business, underlying profit measures 
are provided to supplement the reported IFRS numbers and reflect how the business measures performance internally. These adjusted 
measures exclude items recognised in reported profit, which, if included, could distort comparability between periods. 
Determining which items are to be adjusted requires judgement, in which the Group considers items which are significant either by 
virtue of their size and/or nature, or that are non-recurring in that they do not relate to the ongoing business. The same assessment is 
applied consistently to any reversals of prior non-underlying items.  Underlying profit is not defined by IFRS and therefore may not be 
directly comparable with the ‘adjusted’ profit measures of other companies. 
Strategic review of the financial services division 
In January 2024, J Sainsbury plc announced that financial services products to be offered in the future will be provided by dedicated 
financial services providers through a distributed model and over time this would result in a phased withdrawal from the core banking 
business. Costs associated with this restructuring are set out in the table below with key components comprising full impairment of 
non-financial assets (comprising mainly computer software for which the level of activities which it was designed to fulfil is now 
significantly curtailed in terms of both volume and period use), additional allowances arising from a reassessment of the effective 
interest rate applied to the amortised cost of financial assets and onerous contracts. Further costs associated with this restructuring 
will be incurred in future years once more detailed plans to execute these changes are formulated and communicated. 
Disposal of the mortgage portfolio 
During the period, the Group disposed of its mortgage portfolio for proceeds of £445m which resulted in a non-underlying charge of 
£7m. This includes a loss on disposal including transaction costs of £4m and the recognition of onerous contract provisions. 
Other strategic initiatives 
In the year to 29 February 2024, as in the year to 28 February 2023, costs relating to strategic initiatives reflect one-off projects to 
simplify the business and drive efficiencies and predominantly comprise consultancy costs.  
Analysis of non-underlying items  
 
2024 
2023 
The Group 
 
£m 
£m 
 
Strategic review of the financial services division 
 
    Impairment of non-financial assets 
 
(171)
-
    Effective interest rate adjustment applied to financial assets 
a) 
(21)
-
    Onerous contracts 
b) 
(19)
-
    Other costs 
 
(10)
-
    Income from other group companies 
 
42
-
Disposal of the mortgage portfolio 
 
(7)
-
Provisions 
 
1
(3)
Other strategic initiatives  
 
(3)
(3)
Fair value (loss) / gain on hedge ineffectiveness of derivatives in hedge 
relationship 
 
(1)
1
 
Total non-underlying items 
 
(189)
(5)
a) 
The withdrawal from core banking operations has a commercial impact upon future management initiatives and actions which could lead to 
different customer behaviours than previously forecasted. This resulted in revised assumptions about customer behaviours which led to a reduction 
in  the amortised cost of financial assets (credit cards) shown in loans and advances to customers with the impacts being recognised in revenue. 
b) 
Comprises long dated IT contracts where anticipated early termination will result in the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under a 
contract exceeding the economic benefits expected to be received under it. Costs represent the lower of the costs of fulfilling contracts and the costs 
of terminating. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
73 
 
10. 
Employees 
 
The average monthly number of colleagues working on the Group’s operations during the year is set out below. This differs to the 
employee numbers within the strategic report which are calculated on a spot basis at the year end. 
 
2024
2023 
The Group 
Number
Number 
 
Full time 
1,352
1,299 
Part time 
999
924 
2,351
2,223 
Full time equivalent 
1,898
1,803 
 
Colleague costs are disclosed in administrative expenses in note 7. 
 
Colleagues are eligible to join the defined contribution pension arrangements of J Sainsbury plc. These plans are also used where 
colleagues have been automatically enrolled into a pension. Contributions paid by the Group are based on grade and the amount that 
the colleague chooses to pay or whether they have been automatically enrolled. 
The pension cost charge for the year (see note 7) represents contributions payable by the Group was entirely in relation to the defined 
contribution schemes. 
 
11. 
Directors’ emoluments 
 
2024 
2023 
The Bank 
£m 
£m 
 
Emoluments 
2.6 
2.1 
Share-based payments 
1.6 
1.1 
4.2 
3.2 
 
 
Highest paid director: 
 
 
Emoluments 
1.2 
1.0 
Share-based payments 
1.0 
0.7 
2.2 
1.7 
 
The Directors’ positions and remuneration status are set out in the Directors’ report on page 40. The emoluments set out above include 
those Directors who held office during the year.  
All executive Directors were employed and remunerated by the Group.  
During the year two Directors (2023: two) received share awards under J Sainsbury plc share incentive schemes reflective of their 
qualifying services. Two Directors (2023: two) exercised share options in the year including the highest paid Director. Further detail of 
the relevant incentive plans is outlined in note 37.  
During the year one Director (2023: one) accrued retirement benefits in respect of qualifying services under defined contribution 
schemes. No directors (2023: none) were paid a sum following retirement in the year.  
Payments were made to independent Non-Executive Directors who served during the year and are included in the above details. There 
was no recharge to the Bank in respect of emoluments for Non-Executive Directors who were employed by J Sainsbury plc as their 
emoluments are deemed to be wholly attributable to services to the parent company. See Directors report on page 40 for further details. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
74 
 
12. 
(Loss) / profit before taxation 
 
The Group 
2024 
2023 
£m 
£m 
Continuing operations 
 
Restated1 
(Loss)/profit before taxation is stated including the following items of income and (expense): 
Impairment loss on non-financial assets 
(171)
-
Auditors’ remuneration:  
Statutory audit of the Group 
(1)
(1)
1 The prior year has been restated following the classification of the Mortgage business as a discontinued operation. Refer to notes 3 and 14 
 
Audit-related assurance services were also performed by the Statutory Auditors during the year in respect of interim profit verification. 
Fees for this work totalled £0.01m (2023: £0.15m assurance over figures included in a prospectus for the issuance of subordinated debt). 
 
13. 
Taxation 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Taxation on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax.  
 
Current tax is accounted for on the basis of tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. 
Current tax is charged or credited to the income statement, except when it relates to items charged to equity or 
other comprehensive income.  
 
Deferred tax is accounted for on the basis of temporary differences arising from differences between the tax base 
and accounting base of assets and liabilities. 
Deferred tax is recognised for all temporary differences, except to the extent where it arises from the initial 
recognition of an asset or a liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of 
transaction, affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit. It is determined using tax rates (and laws) that 
have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related 
deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled. 
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available 
against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset against each 
other when there is a legally enforceable right to set-off current taxation assets against current taxation liabilities 
and it is the intention to settle these on a net basis. 
 
The Group 
2024 
2023 
 
£m 
£m 
Continuing operations 
 
Restated1 
  
  
  
UK corporation tax on profit for the year  
(28) 
3 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
- 
(2) 
Current tax 
(28) 
1 
  
  
  
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
(11) 
2 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
- 
4 
Deferred tax 
(11) 
6 
  
  
  
Total tax (credit) / charge 
(39) 
7 
1 The prior year has been restated following the classification of the mortgage business as a discontinued operation. Refer to notes 3 and 14 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
75 
 
13. 
Taxation (continued) 
 
Differences between profit before tax multiplied by the effective corporation tax rate for the year of 24.5% and the income tax expense 
recognised in the income statement are explained below. 
 
 
The Group 
2024 
2023 
 
£m 
£m 
Continuing operations 
 
Restated1 
  
  
  
(Loss) / profit before taxation from continuing operations 
(165) 
24 
  
  
  
Tax on ordinary activities at 24.5% (2023: 19%) 
(41) 
4 
Effects of underlying items: 
  
  
     Rate differences on losses carried back  
2 
- 
     Non-deductible expenses 
- 
1 
     Adjustment in respect of prior years 
- 
2 
Total income tax (credit) recognised in the income statement 
(39) 
7 
1 The prior year has been restated following the classification of the Mortgage business as a discontinued operation. Refer to notes 3 and 14 
 
The main UK corporation tax rate increased to 25% on 1 April 2023, as announced in the UK Government's Budget on 3 March 2021.  The 
change was enacted during the year ended 28 February 2022, with the corresponding revaluation of deferred tax taking place during 
that period. 
The Spring Budget on 21 March 2023 confirmed the introduction of Pillar 2 reporting requirements for the UK, and were enacted on 18 
July 2023, confirming that the rules will apply to Sainsburys Group for accounting periods starting on or after 31 December 2023.  Pillar 
2 reporting will see the introduction of a global minimum 15 per cent tax rate by the end of 2023, and the Sainsbury’s Group will be 
required to file certain returns evidencing the payment of tax at this rate. The potential impact of this has been assessed, and the 
Sainsbury’s Group does not consider there to be a material top up tax liability at this stage, under the transitional safe harbour rules. 
Following this assessment, the Group does not consider there to be a significant impact on the Bank and its subsidiary undertakings. 
It is unclear if the Pillar Two model rules create additional temporary differences, whether to remeasure deferred taxes and which tax 
rate to use to measure deferred taxes. The Group has therefore applied the mandatory temporary exception in the amended IAS 12 
‘Income taxes’ from the requirement to recognise or disclose information about deferred tax assets and liabilities related to the 
proposed Pillar Two model rules. 
Deferred income tax assets have been recognised in respect of all income tax losses and other temporary differences giving rise to 
deferred income tax assets because it is probable that these assets will be recovered. The Group expects to recover the majority of these 
assets by surrendering the underlying losses to other J Sainsbury plc group companies. In the year, the Bank surrendered losses to 
other J Sainsbury plc group companies, with £4m tax value of losses surrendered to the Bank’s subsidiary, Home Retail Group Card 
Services Limited and the remaining £22m tax value of losses surrendered to other group companies outside of the Financial Services 
Segment. 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
76 
 
14. 
Discontinued operations 
 
Accounting 
policy 
A discontinued operation is a component of the Group which represents a significant line of business which has 
been sold. Classification as a discontinued operation occurs on disposal or earlier if beneficial title and risk has 
transferred to the purchaser.   
 
Where the sale of a component of the Group is considered highly probable and the business is available for 
immediate sale in its present condition, it is classified as held for sale.  Asset and liabilities associated with assets 
held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.    
 
As described in note 3, the Group disposed of its mortgage portfolio during the year and this has been disclosed as a discontinued 
operation as this represented the disposal of a major line of business. 
 
The cost of funding of the Group relevant to the mortgage business continues to be presented within the net interest income of the 
continuing operations as it cannot be directly attributed to the mortgage business as is required under IFRS 5. Management’s 
estimated view of the income statement attributable to the mortgage portfolio is presented below. 
 
The post tax profit is presented in a single amount on the face of the consolidated income statement, and the prior year has been 
restated to present this on a consistent basis. There is no requirement for the Group to disclose the assets and liabilities of the disposal 
group separately in the consolidated balance sheet in the current year as these lending balances were not reclassified as assets held 
by the disposal group ahead of disposal. 
 
Income statement - discontinued operations 
 
The Group 
 
  
2024 
2023 
  
£m 
£m 
  
  
  
Interest income 
12 
18 
Fees and commission income 
1 
1 
Total income 
13 
19 
 
 
 
Total operating expenses 
(5) 
(2) 
Impairment losses on financial assets 
- 
2 
Fair value gains on financial instruments 
- 
1 
 
 
 
Profit before tax and losses on disposal from discontinued operations 
8 
20 
 
 
 
Tax adjustment 
(2) 
(4) 
 
 
 
Profit after tax from discontinued operations 
6 
16 
  
  
  
Loss on disposal of discontinued operations after tax (see below) 
(3) 
- 
 
 
 
Profit after tax attributable to the owners of the Group from discontinued 
operations1 
3 
16 
 
 
 
Alternative Performance Measures: 
 
 
Profit before tax of mortgages business inclusive of funding costs 
2 
6 
Loss before tax of mortgages business inclusive of funding costs and overheads1 
(3) 
(5) 
1 Reconciliation between the statutory profit after tax from discontinued operations and the loss before tax inclusive of funding costs and overheads can be 
found in the alternative performance measures on page 132. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
77 
 
14. 
Discontinued operations (continued) 
 
Net loss on disposal 
 
  
2024 
  
£m 
  
  
Total cash consideration received 
445 
Carrying amount of net assets sold 
(449) 
Loss on sale before tax 
(4) 
 
 
Tax adjustment 
1 
 
 
Loss on sale after tax 
(3) 
 
  
 
Statement of cash flows - discontinued operations 
 
  
2024 
2023 
  
£m 
£m 
  
  
 
Net cash flows from operating activities 
582 
218 
Net cash flows from investing activities 
- 
- 
Net cash flows from financing activities 
- 
- 
Change in cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations 
582 
218 
 
 
15. 
Loans and advances to customers 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Loans and advances are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently held at amortised cost, using the 
effective interest method, less provision for impairment and recognised on the balance sheet when cash is 
advanced.  
 
The accounting policies for classification and measurement under IFRS are detailed in note 1. 
 
Expected credit loss (ECL) impairment model 
IFRS 9 uses a 3 stage forward-looking expected credit loss (ECL) approach. IFRS 9 requires the Group to record an 
allowance for ECL for all loans and other debt financial assets not held at FVPL, together with loan commitments 
and financial guarantee contracts. The allowance is calculated by reference to the estimated probability of default 
(PD), exposure at default (EAD) and loss given default (LGD). 
 
The probability of default represents the likelihood of a borrower defaulting either within 12 months from the 
balance sheet date or within the expected lifetime of the instrument. 
 
Exposure at default represents the expected amount due from the borrower at the point of default by reference to 
exposure at the balance sheet date adjusted for expected future changes including repayments and utilisation of 
undrawn facilities. 
 
Loss given default represents the expected percentage loss at the point of default relative to the EAD. The estimate 
takes into account utilisation of any expected collections and recoveries strategies, debt sale arrangements and 
collateral.  
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
78 
 
15. 
Loans and advances to customers (continued) 
 
 
The 3 stage model to determine impairment allowance is summarised as follows: 
• 
Stage 1 – Impairment allowance on financial assets that have not significantly increased in credit risk 
since origination, nor are credit impaired, is calculated using the probability that a borrower will default 
within 12 months from the balance sheet date. Interest income is recognised on the gross carrying value 
of the financial asset. 
• 
Stage 2 – Where a financial asset exhibits a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) but is not yet 
considered to be credit impaired, the probability of default considered in the impairment allowance is 
based upon the lifetime probability of the borrower defaulting. Interest income continues to be 
recognised on the gross carrying value of the financial asset. 
• 
Stage 3 – Assets considered to be credit impaired. One or more events has occurred that has resulted in 
a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the asset. Stage 3 assets will continue to 
recognise lifetime expected impairment losses (with a 100% probability of default) and interest income 
will be recognised on the net carrying amount (i.e., gross amount less impairment allowance). 
In determining ECL allowances, expected future recoveries are discounted to the reporting date at the original 
effective interest rate of the relevant instrument. 
 
A number of inputs and variables used in the ECL calculation are not defined within IFRS 9 and involve complex 
modelling and application of judgement as discussed in the remainder of this section. Further details on these 
critical accounting judgements can be found in note 2.  
 
Undrawn commitments 
Undrawn loan, credit card and store-card commitments are commitments under which the Group is required to 
provide a loan with pre-specified terms to the customer. Under IFRS 9 these contracts are in scope of the ECL 
requirements. 
 
The Group is required to estimate the extent to which undrawn commitments and facilities will be utilised by 
borrowers. 
 
The nominal contractual value of these commitments, where the lending agreed to be provided is on market 
terms, are not recorded in the Balance Sheet. The ECLs in relation to undrawn commitments are disclosed in note 
32. The impairment allowance in respect of these instruments is included within provisions for liabilities and 
charges as there is no related asset on balance sheet against which to offset the related impairment allowance. 
 
 
The Group’s gross lending exposure before deduction of impairment provisions is analysed below: 
 
The Group 
 
The Bank 
 
  
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
  
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
  
  
  
  
  
Gross advances 
4,760 
5,577 
3,823 
4,683 
Impairment  
(235) 
(239) 
(149) 
(135) 
Adjustment in relation to fair value hedging 
(7) 
(45) 
41 
7 
Loans and advances to customers 
4,518 
5,293 
3,715 
4,555 
  
  
  
  
  
Gross advances being: 
  
  
  
  
Repayable on demand 
2,006 
2,388 
1,575 
1,949 
Other loans and advances repayable: 
  
  
  
  
In 3 months or less 
535 
531 
200 
222 
Between 3 months and 1 year 
689 
662 
522 
519 
Between 1 and 5 years 
1,483 
1,459 
1,479 
1,456 
After 5 years 
47 
537 
47 
537 
  
4,760 
5,577 
3,823 
4,683 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
79 
 
15. 
Loans and advances to customers (continued) 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2024 
2023
2024
2023 
 
£m 
£m
£m
£m 
 
 
 
 
Individuals: 
 
 
 
 
Secured Lending 
- 
581
- 
581 
Unsecured Lending 
4,760 
4,996
3,823
4,102 
Gross loans and advances to customers 
4,760 
5,577
3,823
4,683 
 
Loans and advances to customers include the impact of non-underlying effective interest rate adjustment as set out in note 9. 
Eligible personal and mortgage loans with applicable haircuts are used as collateral for the Group’s securitisation facility and the Bank 
of England’s Term Funding Scheme Small and Medium-sized enterprises (TFSME) and Indexed Long-term Repo (ILTR) facilities. 
As at 29 February 2024, £889m (2023: £414m) of personal loans assets and £nil (2023: £459m) of mortgage assets were pledged to the 
Bank of England facilitating funding of £600m (2023: £660m) from the TFSME. These drawings were further supported by the indirect 
pledging of personal loans collateral via our securitisation facilities, as outlined in the following paragraph.  
The Bank has also securitised and sold personal loans to a special purpose vehicle (SPV) as part of a securitisation. The SPV has issued 
a £426m (2023: £500m) Senior class A note and £121m Junior class Z note to the Bank. As at 29 February 2024, the Bank had pledged 
£547m (2023: £621m) of personal loans to the SPV. Of the A notes held by the Bank, £426m (2023: £200m) have been pre-positioned with 
the Bank of England to support the funding facilities outlined in the previous paragraph of which £426m (2023: £80m) was encumbered.  
As at the 29 February 2024, there were no further pledges of A Notes (2023: £111m of A Notes generated £88m of funding via a collateral 
swap). 
The Bank has also pledged a covered bond of £25m (2023: £nil) to the Bank of England facilitating £5m of ILTR funding. 
Within the reconciliations which follow, transfers reflect balance and provision movements between the opening or origination 
classification of an account and its classification at the closing date of the reporting period. It does not reflect the cumulative impact 
of intra period movements such as an account moving multiple times between stages during the period.  
Unsecured allowance for impairment losses measured under IFRS 9 
Reconciliation of Expected Credit Loss Allowance (ECL) and Gross Carrying Amount (GCA) of unsecured Loans and advances 
measured at amortised cost 
 
Non-credit-impaired 
Credit-impaired 
Total 
Unsecured lending 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
 
 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2023  
4,313 
(42) 
480 
(53) 
203 
(144) 
4,996 
(239) 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Transfers of financial assets: 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
To Stage 1 
182 
(18) 
(180) 
17 
(2) 
1 
- 
- 
To Stage 2 
(199) 
5 
201 
(5) 
(2) 
- 
- 
- 
To Stage 3 
(60) 
2 
(45) 
10 
105 
(12) 
- 
- 
Net transfer between stages 
  
(11) 
  
22 
  
(11) 
  
- 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Increases due to originations(1) 
1,853 
(20) 
110 
(12) 
28 
(20) 
1,991 
(52) 
Decreases due to repayments 
(1,915) 
17 
(149) 
10 
(25) 
18 
(2,089) 
45 
Write offs 
(19) 
1 
(19) 
6 
(100) 
69 
(138) 
76 
Changes in credit risk(2) 
- 
9 
- 
(23) 
- 
(51) 
- 
(65) 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
As at 29 February 2024 
4,155 
(46) 
398 
(50) 
207 
(139) 
4,760 
(235) 
(1) This also reflects assets which were originated in stage 1 and subsequently moved to stage 2 or stage 3 during the year. 
(2) Changes in credit risk includes changes to the allowance for credit impairment losses arising from stage transfers and other changes to risk parameters 
(such as management overlays).  
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
80 
 
15. 
Loans and advances to customers (continued) 
 
 
Non-credit-impaired 
Credit-impaired 
Total 
Unsecured lending 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
 
 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2022 
3,823 
(32) 
513 
(48) 
168 
(119) 
4,504 
(199) 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Transfers of financial assets: 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
To Stage 1 
232 
(14) 
(230) 
13 
(2) 
1 
- 
- 
To Stage 2 
(215) 
3 
217 
(3) 
(2) 
- 
- 
- 
To Stage 3 
(55) 
2 
(42) 
9 
97 
(11) 
- 
- 
Net transfer between stages 
  
(9) 
  
19 
  
(10) 
  
- 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Increases due to originations(1) 
1,598 
(14) 
139 
(14) 
17 
(8) 
1,754 
(36) 
Decreases due to repayments 
(1,068) 
9 
(100) 
7 
(26) 
19 
(1,194) 
35 
Write offs 
(2) 
- 
(17) 
4 
(49) 
33 
(68) 
37 
Changes in credit risk(2) 
- 
4 
- 
(21) 
- 
(59) 
- 
(76) 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
As at 28 February 2023 
4,313 
(42) 
480 
(53) 
203 
(144) 
4,996 
(239) 
(1) This also reflects assets which were originated in stage 1 and subsequently moved to stage 2 or stage 3 during the year. 
(2) Changes in credit risk includes changes to the allowance for credit impairment losses arising from stage transfers and other changes to risk parameters 
(such as management overlays).  
 
 
Non-credit-impaired 
Credit-impaired 
Total 
Unsecured lending 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
 
 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
The Bank 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2023  
3,593 
(23) 
389 
(25) 
121 
(86) 
4,103 
(134) 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Transfers of financial assets: 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
To Stage 1 
145 
(9) 
(145) 
9 
- 
- 
- 
- 
To Stage 2 
(170) 
3 
171 
(3) 
(1) 
- 
- 
- 
To Stage 3 
(35) 
1 
(29) 
6 
64 
(7) 
- 
- 
Net transfer between stages 
  
(5) 
  
12 
  
(7) 
  
- 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Increases due to originations(1) 
1,494 
(11) 
89 
(6) 
15 
(11) 
1,598 
(28) 
Decreases due to repayments 
(1,666) 
11 
(141) 
8 
(17) 
12 
(1,824) 
31 
Write offs 
(7) 
- 
(5) 
1 
(42) 
30 
(54) 
31 
Changes in credit risk(2) 
- 
- 
- 
(15) 
- 
(34) 
- 
(49) 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
As at 29 February 2024 
3,354 
(28) 
329 
(25) 
140 
(96) 
3,823 
(149) 
(1) This also reflects assets which were originated in stage 1 and subsequently moved to stage 2 or stage 3 during the year. 
(2) Changes in credit risk includes changes to the allowance for credit impairment losses arising from stage transfers and other changes to risk parameters 
(such as management overlays).  
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
81 
 
15. 
Loans and advances to customers (continued) 
 
 
Non-credit-impaired 
Credit-impaired 
Total 
Unsecured lending 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
 
 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
GCA 
ECL 
The Bank 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2022 
3,121 
(21) 
433 
(26) 
93 
(68) 
3,647 
(115) 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Transfers of financial assets: 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
To Stage 1 
207 
(9) 
(206) 
9 
(1) 
- 
- 
- 
To Stage 2 
(174) 
2 
175 
(2) 
(1) 
- 
- 
- 
To Stage 3 
(28) 
- 
(23) 
4 
51 
(4) 
- 
- 
Net transfer between stages 
  
(7) 
  
11 
  
(4) 
  
- 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Increases due to originations(1) 
1,513 
(10) 
119 
(11) 
12 
(8) 
1,644 
(29) 
Decreases due to repayments 
(1,046) 
9 
(98) 
6 
(17) 
14 
(1,161) 
29 
Write offs 
- 
- 
(11) 
1 
(16) 
11 
(27) 
12 
Changes in credit risk(2) 
- 
6 
- 
(6) 
- 
(31) 
- 
(31) 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
As at 28 February 2023 
3,593 
(23) 
389 
(25) 
121 
(86) 
4,103 
(134) 
(1) This also reflects assets which were originated in stage 1 and subsequently moved to stage 2 or stage 3 during the year. 
(2) Changes in credit risk includes changes to the allowance for credit impairment losses arising from stage transfers and other changes to risk parameters 
(such as management overlays).  
 
Reconciliation of movements in total loss allowance in the year to the income statement 
 
The below table includes the movements in loss allowance from undrawn loan commitments, which are detailed in note 32. 
 
 
2024 
2023 
 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
Total 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
Total 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transfers of financial assets: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To Stage 1 
(21) 
20 
1 
- 
(18) 
17 
1 
- 
To Stage 2 
5 
(5) 
- 
- 
5 
(5) 
- 
- 
To Stage 3 
2 
11 
(13) 
- 
2 
10 
(12) 
- 
Net transfer between stages 
(14) 
26 
(12) 
- 
(11) 
22 
(11) 
- 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Increases due to originations 
(21) 
(9) 
(20) 
(50) 
(17) 
(10) 
(8) 
(35) 
Decreases due to repayments 
17 
10 
18 
45 
9 
8 
16 
33 
Write offs 
1 
6 
69 
76 
- 
4 
33 
37 
Changes in credit risk 
16 
(27) 
(51) 
(62) 
8 
(28) 
(56) 
(76) 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Movement in ECL allowance 
(1) 
6 
4 
9 
(11) 
(4) 
(26) 
(41) 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Net expected credit loss charge 
  
  
  
(68) 
 
 
 
(76) 
Recoveries and write-offs 
  
  
  
(21) 
 
 
 
(19) 
C&R charges 
  
  
  
(13) 
 
 
 
(12) 
Total income statement charge 
  
  
  
(102) 
 
 
 
(107) 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
82 
 
15. 
Loans and advances to customers (continued) 
 
Analysis of total stage 2 balances by driver 
 
 
2024 
2023 
 
Gross balances 
ECL1 
Gross balances2 
ECL2 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Currently >30 days past due 
36 
13 
35 
11 
Currently <30 days past due: 
 
 
 
 
Breach on PD threshold 
298 
38 
418 
47 
Policy rule changes 
64 
3 
69 
3 
Total stage 2 at 29/28 February 
398 
54 
522 
61 
1Stage 2 ECL includes both drawn and undrawn per notes 15 and 32. 
2Prior year comparative is inclusive of Secured lending disposed of in the current year. 
 
 
2024 
2023 
 
Gross balances 
ECL1 
Gross balances2 
ECL2 
The Bank 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Currently >30 days past due 
22 
7 
20 
5 
Currently <30 days past due: 
 
 
 
 
Breach on PD threshold 
245 
17 
342 
20 
Policy rule changes 
62 
2 
68 
2 
Total stage 2 at 29/28 February 
329 
26 
430 
27 
1Stage 2 ECL includes both drawn and undrawn per notes 15 and 32. 
2Prior year comparative is inclusive of Secured lending disposed of in the current year. 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
83 
 
16. 
Notes to the cash flow statement 
 
Accounting 
policy 
For the purpose of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprises cash in hand, deposits at central 
banks (less mandatory deposits) and deposits with banks with an original maturity of three months or less, 
together with Treasury Bills and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known 
amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.  
 
Reconciliation of profit before taxation to cash flows used in operating activities  
The Group 
 
The Bank 
 
  
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
  
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
  
  
  
  
  
(Loss) / profit before taxation from continuing operations1 
 (165) 
24 
 (153) 
11 
Profit before taxation from discounted operations1 
4 
20 
4 
20 
Total profit before tax 
 (161) 
44 
 (149) 
31 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-cash and other items included in profit before taxation 
  
  
  
  
Impairment losses on loans and advances 
102 
107 
61 
46 
Loss on Sale of Mortgage Portfolio 
4 
- 
4 
- 
Depreciation on property, plant and equipment 
2 
1 
2 
1 
Amortisation of intangible assets 
30 
31 
24 
26 
Share-based payment expense 
6 
5 
6 
5 
Impairment, gains, (losses) and disposals 
171 
- 
134 
- 
Interest paid on subordinated liabilities 
13 
9 
13 
9 
  
328 
153 
244 
87 
  
  
  
  
  
Change in operating assets and liabilities 
  
  
  
  
Net decrease / (increase) in loans and advances to customers 
669 
(333) 
775 
(290) 
Net decrease / (increase) in derivative assets 
37 
(65) 
32 
(29) 
Net decrease / (increase) in Loans and advances to other banks greater than 
3 months 
100 
(4) 
100 
(4) 
Net (increase) in investment securities greater than 3 months 
(135) 
(207) 
(135) 
(207) 
Net increase  in derivative liabilities 
3 
34 
3 
34 
Net (increase) / decrease in other assets 
(69) 
34 
(111) 
5 
Net (decrease) / increase in customer accounts 
(570) 
500 
(570) 
500 
Net increase  in borrowed funds 
345 
188 
345 
188 
Net (decrease) / increase in other liabilities including provisions 
(54) 
20 
(39) 
34 
  
326 
167 
400 
231 
 
Cash generated from / (used in) operations 
493 
364 
495 
349 
Income taxes paid 
(3) 
(4) 
(3) 
(4) 
Cash flows generated from / (used in) operating activities 
490 
360 
492 
345 
1 The prior year has been restated following the classification of the Mortgage business as a discontinued operation. 
 
Operational cash flows from interest 
  
  
Interest paid 
(145) 
(40) 
(115) 
(28) 
Interest received 
501 
407 
368 
284 
  
356 
367 
253 
256   
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
84 
 
16. 
Notes to the cash flow statement (continued) 
 
Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities  
The Group 
 
The Bank 
 
  
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Subordinated liabilities: 
  
  
  
  
At 1 March 
122 
179 
122 
179 
Issuance of loan notes 
- 
120 
- 
120 
Redemption of loan notes 
- 
(175) 
- 
(175) 
Non-cash movements 
- 
(2) 
- 
(2) 
At 28/29 February  
122 
122 
122 
122 
 
Restricted cash balances 
The Group 
The Bank 
2024 
2023
2024
2023
 
£m 
£m  
£m
£m
 
Bank of England deposit 
14 
15
14
15
14 
15
14
15
 
A reserve deposit is held with the Bank of England in accordance with statutory requirements at the reporting date. This deposit is not 
available for use in day-to-day operations and has been excluded from the cash and cash equivalents balance in the cash flow 
statement. This deposit was repaid to the Bank on 5 March 2024, to be replaced by Bank of England’s new levy scheme.  
 
17. 
Cash, balances with central banks and other demand deposits 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2024 
2023  
2024 
2023
£m 
£m
 
£m 
£m
 
 
Cash and balances with central banks 
1,051 
471
1,051 
471
Other demand deposits 
61 
75
27 
28
1,112 
546
1,078 
499
 
The balances with central banks are repayable on demand, with the exception of the £14m (2023: £15m) reserve deposit pledged to 
Bank of England as part of its Cash Ratio Deposit scheme (see note 16). There were no significant credit losses expected on cash and 
other demand deposits.  
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
85 
 
18. 
Loans and advances to banks 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Loans and advances to other banks, including reverse repurchase agreements, are initially recognised at fair 
value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. 
 
The Group and Bank 
 
2024
2023
 
 
£m
£m
Reverse repurchase agreements 
-
100
Total Loans and advances to other banks 
-
100
  Between 3 months and 1 year 
-
100
Total Loans and advances to other banks 
-
100
 
Under IFRS 9, the Group holds an impairment provision for loans and advances to other banks of £nil (2023: £nil) 
 
19. 
Derivative financial instruments 
 
Accounting 
policy 
All derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the contract date and are re-measured 
to their fair value at each subsequent reporting date. Changes in fair value of all derivative instruments are 
recognised immediately in the income statement. Fair values are obtained from observable market data before 
the application of appropriate discounting factors. 
 
Where the overall carrying value of a derivative is positive it is held and classified on the balance sheet as an asset. 
Alternatively, when the overall carrying value of a derivative is negative it is held and classified as a liability. 
 
The Group’s policy is to use derivatives for economic purposes only, and not for trading. Where possible it will elect 
to designate the derivative into an effective hedge accounting relationship, where the gains and losses on 
derivatives are offset by effective hedged item adjustments within the income statement. 
 
Fair value hedging 
The Group designates certain derivatives as fair value hedges where the derivative financial instrument hedges the 
change in fair value of the particular risks inherent in recognised assets or liabilities (fair value hedges). 
 
The Group has adopted IFRS 9 hedge accounting requirements for fair value hedges of investment securities and 
its Fixed Rate Debt issuance. These instruments are hedged via plain vanilla interest rate swaps, with the critical 
economic terms of both the hedging instrument and hedged item matching. The notional amount, fixed interest 
legs and maturity dates are economically matched. The main source of ineffectiveness within the micro hedge 
relationships relates to the floating leg valuation changes inherent within the hedging instrument that do not exist 
within the hedged item. 
 
The Group uses portfolio fair value hedging as a risk management tool for hedging interest rate risk on the 
personal loans and up to the point of disposal in August 2023, also the mortgage portfolio. Portfolio fair value 
hedging allows the designation of the whole or part of a portfolio of assets or liabilities with similar risk 
exposures. The hedged item can be designated based on expected maturities to match the hedging derivative 
maturity. Hedge effectiveness is considered to have been met where the change in fair value of the hedged 
item offsets the change in fair value of hedging instruments, within the 80 to 125 per cent ratio corridor.  
 
  
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
86 
 
19. 
Derivative financial instruments (continued) 
 
 
To qualify for hedge accounting the Group documents at the inception of the hedge, the hedging risk management 
strategy, the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item or transaction and the nature of 
the risks being hedged. The Group also documents the assessment of the effectiveness of the hedging relationship, 
to show that the hedge is expected to be (prospectively) and, subsequently, has been (retrospectively) effective. 
 
Derivatives not in a hedge accounting relationship 
The Group’s entire derivative portfolio is executed for economic purposes. Under IAS 39 rules, for macro portfolio 
hedging, some of the Group’s hedging derivatives do not qualify, or prove too onerous, to be designated into an 
effective hedged relationship. In those instances, the interest rate swaps are viewed as trading derivatives under 
IFRS 9 with any movements in fair value recognised in the income statement, without offset.  
 
Foreign currency derivative contracts 
Foreign currency exposure arises from currency holdings within the Group’s travel money business. 
 
The Group enters into foreign exchange derivative contracts to hedge foreign currency exposure. Foreign exchange 
derivative instruments included FX spot, FX forwards and FX swaps. The Group reported a FX derivative asset of £nil 
(2023: £nil) and a FX derivative liability of £nil (2023: £nil). 
 
 
Fair value hedges  
The amounts relating to items designated as hedging instruments and hedge ineffectiveness were as follows. 
The Group 
 
Carrying amount 
 
Ineffectiveness recognised 
in income statement
£m
Notional
amount 
Assets
Liabilities
£m 
£m
£m
 
Interest rate swaps - Hedge of loans and advances 
 
At 29 February 2024 
2,312 
62
(56)
-
At 28 February 2023 
2,824 
98
(53)
-
Further detail on the fair value of hedged item can be found in Notes 15 and 27. 
 
The Bank 
 
Carrying amount 
 
Ineffectiveness recognised 
in income statement
£m
Notional
amount 
Assets
Liabilities
£m 
£m
£m
Interest rate swaps - Hedge of loans and advances 
 
 
 
 
At 29 February 2024 
1,765 
15
(56)
-
At 28 February 2023 
2,203 
46
(53)
-
 
Derivatives not in fair value hedge accounting relationship are as follows: 
 
The Group and Bank 
Notional amount
Assets 
Liabilities
 
£m
£m 
£m
Interest rate swap 
 
At 29 February 2024 
-
- 
-
At 28 February 2023 
209
1 
-
Foreign currency swap 
 
At 29 February 2024 
45
- 
-
At 28 February 2023 
14
- 
-
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
87 
 
19. 
Derivative financial instruments (continued) 
 
The line item in the Balance Sheet where the hedging instrument is included is ‘Derivative financial instruments’. The line item in the 
income statement that includes hedge ineffectiveness is ‘Fair value gains on financial instruments’. 
 
The maturity profile and average price/rate of the hedging instruments in fair value hedges of interest rates were as follows: 
 
The Group 
Maturity 
Less than 1 month
1-3 months 3 months – 1 year
1-5 years
More than 5 
years 
 
 
 
 
As at February 2024 
 
Fair value hedges 
 
Nominal amount (£m) 
-
17 
231
956
1,109
Average fixed interest rate 
-
0.6% 
0.7%
3.9%
2.2%
 
As at February 2023 
 
Fair value hedges 
 
- Nominal amount (£m) 
-
125 
589
748
1,362
- Average fixed interest rate 
-
0.7% 
0.7%
1.2%
3.5%
 
The Bank 
Maturity 
Less than 1 month
1-3 months 3 months – 1 year
1-5 years
More than 5 
years 
 
 
 
 
As at February 2024 
 
Fair value hedges 
 
Nominal amount (£m) 
-
17 
231
956
562
Average fixed interest rate 
-
0.6% 
0.7%
3.9%
2.9%
 
As at February 2023 
 
Fair value hedges 
 
- Nominal amount (£m) 
-
125 
589
748
741
- Average fixed interest rate 
-
0.7% 
0.7%
1.2%
5.3%
 
20. 
 Investment securities 
 
Accounting 
policy 
These comprise debt securities and other fixed interest securities, including Treasury and other eligible bills and 
are recognised on the date the contract is entered into. Investment securities are measured at amortised cost or 
FVOCI based on their contractual terms and the business model in which they are held.  
 
Impairment of investment securities 
As with customer lending, impairment of investment securities is determined under IFRS 9- again using a 3 stage 
forward-looking expected credit loss (ECL) approach. IFRS 9 requires the Group to record an allowance for ECL for 
all loans and other debt financial assets not held at FVPL, together with loan commitments and financial 
guarantee contracts. The allowance is calculated by reference to the estimated probability of default (PD), 
exposure at default (EAD) and loss given default (LGD) 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
88 
 
20. 
Investment securities (continued) 
 
The Group and Bank 
2024
2023 
 
£m
£m 
 
Investment securities comprise the following: 
 
Equity investments 
2
2 
Government backed investment securities 
46
71 
T-Bills 
-
25 
Covered bonds 
645
418 
Supranational investment securities 
-
13 
Asset backed securities 
77
162 
Commercial paper 
-
50 
770
741 
 
Of which: 
 
Equity investments 
2
2 
Maturing in three months or less 
9
115 
Maturing between three months and one year 
17
128 
Maturing between 1 and 5 years 
742
496 
770
741 
 
Investment securities include £25m of collateral prepositioned with the Bank of England as at 29 February 2024 (2023: £nil). The fair 
value movement recognised in the Statement of Other Comprehensive Income during the year on investment securities was a profit 
of £nil (2023: £1m).  
 
Under IFRS 9, the Group holds an impairment provision for investment securities of £nil (2023: £0.1m) 
 
21. 
Intangible assets 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Computer Software  
Computer software is carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and any provision for impairment. Externally 
acquired software and licences are capitalised and amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful economic 
lives. Costs relating to development of computer software for internal use are capitalised once the recognition 
criteria of IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’ are met. Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are 
recognised as an expense as incurred. When the software is available for its intended use, these costs are amortised 
on a straight-line basis over their useful economic lives being: 
 
• 
Core banking software – fifteen years 
• 
Other software – three to ten years 
 
Capitalised development expenditure and purchased software is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment losses. Such assets are assessed for impairment where there is an indication of impairment or, in the 
case of assets which are not yet available for use, at least annually. Where impairment exists, the carrying amount 
of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount and the impairment loss recognised in the income statement. The 
amortisation charge for the asset is then adjusted to reflect the asset’s revised carrying amount.  
 
Cost includes the purchase price after deducting discounts and rebates, and other directly attributable costs of 
preparing the asset for its intended use. 
 
Subsequent expenditure is only capitalised when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific 
asset to which it relates. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
89 
 
21. 
Intangible assets (continued) 
 
 
At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts to determine whether there is any indication that 
those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset 
is determined based on the fair value less cost to dispose and a value in use (VIU) calculation which is based upon 
the cash flows expected to be generated. 
 
Any impairment loss is recognised in the income statement in the year in which it occurs. Where an impairment 
loss subsequently reverses due to a change in the original estimate, the carrying amount of the asset is increased 
to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, or its original carrying value less notional accumulated 
depreciation if lower. 
 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2024
2023
2024 
2023 
The Group 
£m
£m
£m 
£m 
 
 
Cost 
 
 
At 1 March 
378
361
339 
330 
Additions 
13
19
2 
11 
Disposals 
(4)
(2)
(4) 
(2) 
As at 29/28 February  
387
378
337 
339 
 
 
Accumulated amortisation 
 
 
At 1 March 
(199)
(170)
(192) 
(168) 
Charge for the year 
(30)
(31)
(24) 
(26) 
Impairment 
(162)
-
(125) 
- 
Disposals 
4
2
4 
2 
As at 29/28 February 
(387)
(199)
(337) 
(192) 
 
 
Net book value as at 29/28 February  
-
179
- 
147 
 
Impairment 
 
Approach and identification of cash generating units (CGUs) 
A CGU is deemed to be each respective product or product group that is capable of generating cash flows independent of other products. 
Non-product assets are reviewed separately as corporate assets for the products that they support. 
 
The Group have identified and assessed two individual CGUs, namely one for Sainsbury’s Bank plc (SB CGU) and one for Home Retail 
Group Card Services Limited (HRGCS CGU). SB CGU comprises unsecured lending for Credit Cards and Personal Loans, funding from 
Savings, Treasury and AFS Intercompany, as well as ATMs, Travel Money, Insurances and legal entity specific central costs including 
overheads. Conversely the HRGCS CGU includes Storecards, Monthly Payment Plan and legal entity specific central costs including 
overheads. 
 
Identification of a triggering event 
As described in note 9, the Group’s change in strategy to exit core banking and move to a fully distributed model was an indicator of 
impairment, triggering a full impairment review. This review was undertaken in January 2024 with related impairment being 
recognised in the same month. No further indicators of impairment or reversal of impairment have been identified since this 
impairment assessment was undertaken. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
90 
 
21. 
Intangible assets (continued) 
 
Approach and assumptions 
 
The key assumptions in the value in use calculation were as follows: 
 
Assumption 
Detail 
Composition of 
CGU 
Assets attributable to each product (or group of products capable of generating independent cash 
flows) 
Cash flow assumptions 
  Two scenarios of cash flow projection used to reflect the options available to the Group to exit core 
banking, one comprising a sale of certain portfolios and the other a run down of certain portfolios 
over time. These scenarios are considered appropriate in capturing the full range of uncertain 
outcomes and have been probability weighted in determining VIU. The cash flows included are 
consistent with the useful lives of the assets being tested for impairment. 
Terminal value 
No terminal value is applied within the assessment, as cashflows are limited to the period of the 
remaining useful lives of the assets being tested for impairment. 
Discount rate 
A post-tax discount rate representing the Group’s weighted average cost of capital (WACC), 
subsequently grossed up to a pre-tax rate of 14.7 per cent.  
 
The post-tax WACC has been calculated using a combination of adjusted market analysis and the 
actual cost of debt on Tier 2 capital instruments. 
Growth Rate 
The only product with cash flow projections beyond the financial forecast period of the Group (driven 
by the useful lives of the underlying assets)  was ATMs. ATM cashflows are assumed to shrink by 5% 
annually beyond the forecast period as cash reliance expectations continue to fall.  
 
Sensitivities 
The Group has completed sensitivity analysis to consider reasonably possible changes in the above assumptions. The most material 
sensitivity is a change to the forecast cashflow assumptions. Impairment would only begin to be reversed if future product profitability 
were to increase by 73% for the SB CGU and 40% for the HRGCS CGU.  
Capital Commitments 
As a result of the full impairment of fixed assets, the Group is no longer intending to capitalise any expenditure and has therefore not 
disclosed any capital commitments in the current year. 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
91 
 
22. 
Property, plant & equipment 
Accounting 
policy 
Land and buildings 
Land and buildings are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised provision for 
impairment. Capital work in progress is held at cost less any recognised provision for impairment. Cost includes 
the original purchase price of the asset and the costs incurred attributable to bringing the asset to its working 
condition for intended use. This includes capitalised borrowing costs. 
  
Fixtures and equipment 
Fixtures and equipment, including tenant’s improvements, are held at cost less accumulated depreciation and 
any recognised provision for impairment. Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset and the costs 
attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition and its intended use.  
 
Right of use assets 
Right of use assets obtained under a lease arrangement are included in the above categories as appropriate and 
depreciated as described below.  
 
Depreciation 
Depreciation is calculated to write down the cost of the assets to their residual values, on a straight-line method 
over their useful economic life, on the following bases: 
• Freehold buildings and leasehold properties – fifty years, or the lease term if shorter 
• Fixtures and equipment – three to fifteen years or, in the case of tenant’s improvements, the lease term if 
shorter 
 
Capital work in progress is not depreciated. 
 
Gains and losses on disposal are determined by comparing proceeds with the asset’s carrying amount and are 
recognised within operating profit. The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if 
appropriate, at the end of each reporting period. 
 
At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts to determine whether there is any indication 
that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the 
asset, being the higher of its fair value less costs to dispose and its value in use, is estimated in order to 
determine the extent of the impairment loss. 
 
The Group and Bank 
29 February 2024 
Land and buildings
Fixtures and
equipment
Total
£m
£m
£m
Cost 
At 1 March 2023  
9
61 
70
Additions 
1
1 
2
Disposals/Write off 
-
- 
-
As at 29 February 2024 
10
62 
72
 
Accumulated depreciation 
 
At 1 March 2023 
(8)
(53) 
(61)
Charge for the year 
(1)
(1) 
(2)
Disposals/Write off 
-
- 
-
Impairment loss 
(1)
(8) 
(9)
As at 29 February 2024 
(10)
(62) 
(72)
 
Net book value as at 29 February 2024 
-
- 
-
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
92 
 
22. 
Property, plant & equipment (continued) 
 
The Group and Bank  
28 February 2023 
Land and buildings
Fixtures and
equipment
Total 
£m
£m
£m 
 
Cost 
 
At 1 March 2022 
9
61 
70 
Additions 
-
1 
1 
Disposals/Write off 
-
(1) 
(1) 
As at 28 February 2023 
9
61 
70 
 
 
Accumulated depreciation 
 
 
At 1 March 2022 
(8)
(53) 
(61) 
Charge for the year 
-
(1) 
(1) 
Disposals/Write off 
-
1 
1 
Impairment loss 
-
- 
- 
As at 28 February 2023 
(8)
(53) 
(61) 
 
 
Net book value as at 28 February 2023 
1
8 
9 
 
Land and buildings include right of use assets of £nil (2023: £1m) related to head office premises. 
 
Impairment 
An impairment trigger has been identified as set out for intangible assets in note 21, and the approach and assumptions used in testing 
are set out therein. This review has resulted in an impairment loss as set out in the table above. 
 
23. 
Investments in subsidiaries 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Subsidiaries are entities, including special purpose vehicles (SPVs), over which the Bank has the power to govern 
the financial and operating policies. 
 
The Bank’s investment in subsidiaries was as follows.  
2024
2023 
The Bank 
£m
£m 
325
325 
Country of registration or 
incorporation 
Ownership Interest 
Registered address 
Home Retail Group Card Services 
Limited 
England 
100% 
33 Holborn, London, England, 
EC1N 
Home Retail Group Insurance 
Services Limited 
England 
100% 
33 Holborn, London, England, 
EC1N 
ARG Personal Loans Limited1 
England 
100% 
33 Holborn, London, England, 
EC1N 
1At the date of signing, ARG Personal Loans Limited has an active proposal for strike off. 
 
The Bank has no direct or indirect ownership interest in the equity of the Drury Lane Funding 2020-1 plc, however the company was 
established for the purpose of providing a source of funding to the Bank by way of contractual agreement and the Bank has the rights 
to substantially all the benefits from its activities. The company is therefore, effectively, controlled by the Bank. 
The strategic decision to exit the core Banking business has been identified as a potential indicator of impairment on the Bank’s 
investment in Home Retail Group Card Services Limited. However, based on the net asset position of the subsidiary, the fair value 
assessment of these assets and the transfer pricing arrangement for any potential future losses in the subsidiary, the Bank has 
concluded that no impairment exists. 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
93 
 
23. 
Investments in subsidiaries (continued) 
 
 
Country of 
registration or 
incorporation  
Date started 
being a 
subsidiary 
Registered address  
 
 
 
Drury Lane Funding 2020-1 plc 
England 
11 November 2020 
5 Churchill Place, 10th Floor, London, England, 
E14 5HU 
 
24. 
Other assets 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Other assets, including amounts receivable from Sainsbury’s Group companies, are initially recognised at fair 
value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2024
2023
2024
2023
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
Amounts receivable from Sainsbury’s Group 
companies 
69
6
576
473
Funds in course of settlement 
128
115
119
103
Prepayments and accrued income 
28
32
24
30
Insurance instalment debtor 
33
25
33
25
Current tax asset 
12
3
12
4
Deferred tax asset 
19
8
14
4
VAT Control 
-
1
-
-
Cash collateral paid 
65
52
65
52
354
242
843
691
 
The Group’s other assets have no fixed maturities but are materially expected to be realised within 12 months, with the exception of 
cash collateral paid.  Within Bank, amounts receivable from Group companies includes a loan to Home Retail Group Card Services 
Limited which is technically repayable on demand but in practice the Bank expects to provide funding for the foreseeable future.  See 
note 33 for further details on the residual contractual maturity. 
 
The deferred tax asset is in respect of temporary differences which will reverse and result in a higher tax charge in future years, is 
analysed below. Further detail on the recoverability of these can be found in Note 13. 
The Group 
The Bank 
2024
2023
2024
2023
 
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 March 
8
14
4
7
Movement in deferred tax asset credited / (charged) to 
income statement 
11
(2)
10
(1)
Adjustments in respect of prior years 
-
(4)
-
(2)
At 29/28 February  
19
8
14
4
Tax effect of timing differences due to: 
Other temporary differences1 
15
18
10
12
Accelerated capital allowances 
4
(10)
4
(8)
19
8
14
4
1 Other temporary differences predominately relate to the day 1 reduction to retained earnings following adoption of IFRS 9, which is deductible evenly over 
the 10 year period following adoption. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
94 
 
25. 
Customer accounts 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Financial liabilities comprise customer accounts, deposits from banks, subordinated liabilities and other wholesale 
deposits. All financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest rate method. A financial liability is derecognised from the balance sheet when the 
Group has discharged its obligations, the contract is cancelled or it expires. 
 
Customer accounts comprise Sterling interest-bearing deposits. 
 
The Group and Bank 
2024
2023
 
£m
£m
Repayable: 
On demand 
3,166
3,806
Within 3 months  
243
203
Between 3 months and 1 year 
573
352
Between 1 and 5 years 
183
374
4,165
4,735
 
Of the above balance, £3,752m (2023: £4,289m) qualified for protection under the Financial Services Compensation Scheme. 
 
26. 
Other deposits 
 
Accounting 
policy 
All financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost. 
Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on issue of funds, and costs that are 
an integral part of the EIR. A financial liability is derecognised from the balance sheet when the Group has 
discharged its obligations, the contract is cancelled or it expires. 
 
Other deposits comprise Sterling wholesale deposits, including drawings under the Bank of England’s TFSME and ILTR schemes. See 
note 33 for further details on the residual contractual maturity of other deposits. 
 
The Group and Bank 
2024 
2023 
 
£m 
£m 
Repayable: 
 
Within 3 months  
957 
229 
Between 3 months and 1 year 
577 
291 
Between 1 and 5 years 
23 
692 
1,557 
1,212 
 
Included within above are £518m (2023: £191m) of deposits obtained via deposit aggregators, where the ultimate depositors are retail 
customers. Of the above balance, £707m (2023: £263m) qualified for protection under the Financial Services Compensation. 
 
Following the strategic decision to move to offer financial services products through dedicated financial services providers and the 
phased withdrawal from the core banking business, amounts due in respect of the Bank of England’s Term Funding Scheme Small 
and Medium-sized enterprises (TFSME) have been classified as liabilities, payable in less than twelve months. This is in line with the 
terms and conditions of the Term Funding Scheme with additional incentives for SMEs, although the latest repayment dates remain 
July 2025 (£40m), August 2025 (£385m) and September 2025 (£175m). It should also be noted that in the post balance sheet period, 
prior to the date of approval of the financial statements, the Bank has repaid £100m of the outstanding TFSME liability as part of its 
normal liquidity management activity. 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
95 
 
27. 
Subordinated liabilities 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Subordinated liabilities are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently held at amortised cost. Amortised 
cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on issue of funds, and costs that are an integral 
part of the EIR. Interest is recognised in the income statement through interest payable. 
 
The Group and Bank 
2024
2023 
 
£m
£m 
Fixed rate subordinated Tier 2 notes due March 2028 
120
120 
Accrued interest 
5
5 
Fair value hedge accounting adjustments 
(3)
(3) 
122
122 
 
The Group has £120m of fixed rate reset callable subordinated Tier 2 notes in issuance (28 Feb 2023: £120m). The Bank issued £120m of 
fixed rate reset callable subordinated Tier 2 notes on 12 September 2022. These notes pay interest on the principal amount at a rate of 
10.5 per cent per annum, payable in equal instalments semi-annually in arrears, until 12 March 2028 at which time the interest rate will 
reset. The Bank has the option to redeem these notes on 12 March 2028. 
 
28. 
Other liabilities 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Other liabilities are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest rate method.  
 
All other liabilities are expected to be settled within 3 months with the exception of cash collateral received and lease liabilities. See 
note 33 for further details on the residual contractual maturity of other liabilities. 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2024 
2023 
2024 
2023
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m
 
Customer funds in course of settlement 
12 
11 
11 
10
Accruals and deferred income 
84 
90 
64 
67
Amounts payable to Sainsbury’s group companies 
15 
22 
3 
-
Cash collateral received 
10 
61 
10 
61
Lease liabilities 
1 
2 
1 
2
Other creditors 
4 
4 
3 
4
126 
190 
92 
144
29. 
Provisions for liabilities and charges 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, 
it is probable that an outflow of economic recourses will be required to settle the obligation and where the amount 
can be reliably estimated. 
 
Provisions are measured as the discounted expected future cash flows taking account of the risks and uncertainties 
associated with the specific liability where appropriate. 
 
Provisions for onerous contracts are recognised when the Group believes that the unavoidable costs of meeting or 
novating a contract exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under it. Where assets are dedicated to 
the fulfilment of a contract that cannot be redirected to other parts of the Group, an impairment charge is recognised 
to reduce the carrying value of the assets to £nil before recognising a separate onerous contract.   
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
96 
 
29. 
Provisions for liabilities and charges (continued) 
 
 
 
Expected credit loss provisions 
Provision on loan commitments issued is included in the movement analysis in note 32. It primarily relates to expected credit losses 
on credit card and store card commitments.  
 
Onerous contact provisions 
The onerous contract provision primarily relates to the strategic review of the business and the disposal of the mortgage business. The 
Group assessed all existing material supplier contracts recognising provisions where the unavoidable costs are greater than expected 
future benefits under both strategic initiatives as applicable.   The provision is determined by estimating future costs and economic 
benefits associated with the contracts and allocating other costs that directly relate to fulfilling the contracts.  The most judgemental 
aspect of the provision is the estimation of future economic benefits.  However, as the provision is calculated as the lower of the costs 
to fulfil the contract or the costs to exit the contract, it is not particularly sensitive to changes in the estimated economic benefits.  
 
 
 
  
 
 
Expected credit 
loss provisions
Onerous 
contract 
provisions 
PPI customer 
remediation
Other 
provisions
Total 
The Group 
£m
£m 
£m
£m
£m 
At 1 March 2023 
20 
- 
6 
5 
31 
Additional provisions 
- 
20 
- 
- 
20 
Unused amounts reversed 
(5)
- 
- 
(1)
(6) 
Utilisation of provision 
- 
- 
(1)
(3)
(4) 
At 29 February 2024 
15 
20 
5 
1 
41 
 
 
 
 
 
At 1 March 2022 
19 
- 
8 
2 
29 
Additional provisions 
2 
- 
- 
3 
5 
Unused amounts reversed 
(1)
- 
- 
- 
(1) 
Utilisation of provision 
- 
- 
(2)
- 
(2) 
At 28 February 2023 
20 
- 
6 
5 
31 
Expected credit 
loss provisions
Onerous 
contract 
provisions 
PPI customer 
remediation
Other 
provisions
Total 
The Bank 
£m
£m 
£m
£m
£m 
At 1 March 2023 
8 
- 
- 
4 
12 
Additional provisions 
- 
18 
- 
- 
18 
Unused amounts reversed 
(3)
- 
- 
- 
(3) 
Utilisation of provision 
- 
- 
- 
(2)
(2) 
At 29 February 2024 
5 
18 
- 
2 
25 
 
 
 
 
 
At 1 March 2022 
8 
- 
- 
1 
9 
Additional provisions 
- 
- 
- 
3 
3 
Unused amounts reversed 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Utilisation of provision 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
At 28 February 2023 
8 
- 
- 
4 
12 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
97 
 
29. 
Provisions for liabilities and charges (continued) 
 
PPI customer remediation 
The PPI customer remediation provision relates to the costs associated with potential redress from customers in respect of past sales 
of Payment Protection Insurance (PPI) policies. This liability sits with the Bank’s subsidiary Home Retail Group Insurance Services 
Limited.  
 
The FCA deadline for customers PPI claims through the complaints procedure passed on 29 August 2019. However, customers can 
continue to bring claims against firms through a legal route, claiming an Unfair Relationship under the Consumer Credit Act. The 
closing PPI provision of £5m (2023: £6m) represents the cost of future litigation claims and the associated costs, including solicitors’ 
fees and the operational costs of processing claims. The provision represents management’s best estimate of future costs and will 
remain under review. The eventual cost is dependent upon claim volumes, claim values and claim handling costs. These assumptions 
are inherently uncertain, and the ultimate financial impact may be different than the amount provided. The Group will continue to 
monitor the position and update its assumptions as more information becomes available. 
 
Other provisions 
Other provisions relate to liabilities arising from dilapidations and onerous cost provisions associated with the Group’s existing head 
office property in the current year (2023:  £3m in respect of the New Bank Programme transition). 
 
Where charges on provisions are material and relate to a historic time periods, they are recognised outside of underlying profit in order 
to provide a clear and consistent view of the Group’s underlying performance. 
 
30. 
Called up share capital 
 
The Bank 
2024 
2023
 
£m 
£m
 
 
900,750,000 Authorised, allotted, called up and fully paid ordinary shares 
(£0.777963 / £1): 
 
 
At 1 March  
701 
701
At 29/28 February 
701 
701
There were no movements in share capital in the current period. 
 
 
 
31. 
Analysis of financial assets and liabilities by measurement basis 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Designation of financial instruments 
The Group classifies all of its financial assets based on the business model for managing the assets and the assets’ 
contractual terms, measured at either Amortised cost, Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) 
or Fair value through profit or less (FVPL). 
 
The Group classifies and measures its derivative portfolio at FVPL, as explained in note 19. The Group may 
designate financial instruments at FVPL, if so doing eliminates or significantly reduces measurement or 
recognition inconsistencies. 
 
Financial liabilities, other than loan commitments and financial guarantees, are measured at amortised cost or 
at FVPL when they are held for trading and derivative instruments, or the fair value designation is applied.  
 
Derecognition of financial assets  
Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or 
where the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership 
 
Financial assets and financial liabilities are measured on an on-going basis either at fair value or at amortised cost. The principal 
accounting policies describe how financial instruments are measured, and how income and expenses, including fair value gains and 
losses, are recognised. The following table analyses the financial assets and liabilities in the balance sheet by the class of financial 
instrument to which they are assigned, and therefore by the measurement basis: 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
98 
 
31. 
Analysis of financial assets and liabilities by measurement basis (continued) 
 
The Group 
Amortised cost 
FVOCI 
FVPL 
Other 
Total 
At 29 February 2024 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Assets 
 
Cash, balances with central banks and 
other demand deposits 
1,112
- 
-
-
1,112
Loans and advances to other banks 
-
- 
-
-
-
Derivative financial instruments 
-
- 
62
-
62
Investment securities 
-
770 
-
-
770
Loans and advances to customers 
4,518
- 
-
-
4,518
Investments in subsidiaries 
-
- 
-
-
-
Intangible assets 
-
- 
-
-
-
Property, plant and equipment 
-
- 
-
-
-
Other assets 
333
- 
-
21
354
5,963
770 
62
21
6,816
Liabilities 
 
Customer accounts 
(4,165)
- 
-
-
(4,165)
Other deposits 
(1,557)
- 
-
-
(1,557)
Subordinated liabilities 
(122)
- 
-
-
(122)
Derivative financial instruments 
-
- 
(56)
-
(56)
Other liabilities 
(125)
- 
-
(1)
(126)
Provisions for liabilities and charges 
(14)
- 
-
(27)
(41)
(5,983)
- 
(56)
(28)
(6,067)
 
The Group 
Amortised cost 
FVOCI 
FVPL 
 
 
Other 
Total 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Assets 
 
Cash, balances with central banks and 
other demand deposits 
546
- 
-
-
546
Loans and advances to other banks 
100
- 
-
-
100
Derivative financial instruments 
-
- 
99
-
99
Investment securities 
50
691 
-
-
741
Loans and advances to customers 
5,293
- 
-
-
5,293
Investments in subsidiaries 
-
- 
-
-
-
Intangible assets 
-
- 
-
179
179
Property, plant and equipment 
-
- 
-
9
9
Other assets 
231
- 
-
11
242
6,220
691 
99
199
7,209
Liabilities 
 
Customer accounts 
(4,735)
- 
-
-
(4,735)
Other deposits 
(1,212)
- 
-
-
(1,212)
Subordinated liabilities 
(122)
- 
-
-
(122)
Derivative financial instruments 
-
- 
(53)
-
(53)
Other liabilities 
(189)
- 
-
(1)
(190)
Provisions for liabilities and charges 
(20)
- 
-
(11)
(31)
(6,278)
- 
(53)
(12)
(6,343)
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
99 
 
31. 
Analysis of financial assets and liabilities by measurement basis (continued) 
 
The Bank 
Amortised cost 
FVOCI 
FVPL 
Other 
Total 
At 29 February 2024 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Assets 
 
Cash, balances with central banks and 
other demand deposits 
1,078
- 
-
-
1,078
Loans and advances to other banks 
-
- 
-
-
-
Derivative financial instruments 
-
- 
15
-
15
Investment securities 
-
770 
-
-
770
Loans and advances to customers 
3,715
- 
-
-
3,715
Investments in subsidiaries 
-
- 
-
325
325
Intangible assets 
-
- 
-
-
-
Property, plant and equipment 
-
- 
-
-
-
Other assets 
827
- 
-
16
843
5,620
770 
15
341
6,746
Liabilities 
 
Customer accounts 
(4,165)
- 
-
-
(4,165)
Other deposits 
(1,557)
- 
-
-
(1,557)
Subordinated liabilities 
(122)
- 
-
-
(122)
Derivative financial instruments 
-
- 
(56)
-
(56)
Other liabilities 
(91)
- 
-
(1)
(92)
Provisions for liabilities and charges 
(5)
- 
-
(20)
(25)
(5,940)
- 
(56)
(21)
(6,017)
 
The Bank 
Amortised cost 
FVOCI 
FVPL 
 
 
Other 
Total 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Assets 
 
Cash, balances with central banks and 
other demand deposits 
499
- 
-
-
499
Loans and advances to other banks 
100
- 
-
-
100
Derivative financial instruments 
-
- 
47
-
47
Investment securities 
50
691 
-
-
741
Loans and advances to customers 
4,555
- 
-
-
4,555
Investments in subsidiaries 
-
- 
-
325
325
Intangible assets 
-
- 
-
147
147
Property, plant and equipment 
-
- 
-
9
9
Other assets 
684
- 
-
7
691
5,888
691 
47
488
7,114
Liabilities 
 
Customer accounts 
(4,735)
- 
-
-
(4,735)
Other deposits 
(1,212)
- 
-
-
(1,212)
Subordinated liabilities 
(122)
- 
-
-
(122)
Derivative financial instruments 
-
- 
(53)
-
(53)
Other liabilities 
(143)
- 
-
(1)
(144)
Provisions for liabilities and charges 
(7)
- 
-
(5)
(12)
(6,219)
- 
(53)
(6)
(6,278)
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
100 
 
32. 
Loan commitments 
 
Accounting 
policy 
Undrawn Loan, Credit Card and AFS Storecard commitments are commitments under which, over the duration of 
the commitment, the Group is required to provide a loan with pre-specified terms to the customer. These contracts 
are in scope of the ECL requirements and accounting policies in relation to this are detailed in Note 15.  
 
The nominal contractual value of these commitments, where the lending agreed to be provided is on market terms, 
are not recorded in the Balance Sheet. 
 
The contractual amount of the Group's off-balance sheet financial instruments that commit it to extend credit to customers is as 
follows: 
 
The Group and Bank 
2024
2023
 
£m
£m
Commitments to extend credit 
6
11
 
The above table does not include undrawn limits on credit cards or AFS Storecards. These are not considered a contractual commitment 
but, because, in practice, the Group does not expect to withdraw these credit limits from customers, they are within the scope of 
impairment provisioning as found in Note 15. 
 
Reconciliation of impairment loss allowance of loan commitments 
 
 
Non-credit impaired 
Credit-impaired 
Total 
 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2023 
(13) 
(7) 
- 
(20) 
 
 
 
 
 
Transfers of financial assets: 
 
 
 
 
To Stage 1 
(3) 
3 
- 
- 
To Stage 2 
- 
- 
- 
- 
To Stage 3 
- 
1 
(1) 
- 
Net transfer between stages 
(3) 
4 
(1) 
- 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (increase)/decrease due to commitments 
originated and commitments expired1 
(1) 
3 
- 
2 
Changes in credit risk2 
7 
 (4) 
- 
3 
As at 29 February 2024 
(10) 
(4) 
(1) 
(15) 
(1) This also reflects assets which were originated in stage 1 and subsequently moved to stage 2 or stage 3 during the year. 
(2) Changes in credit risk includes changes to the allowance for credit impairment losses arising from stage transfers and other changes to risk parameters 
(such as management overlays).  
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
101 
 
32. 
Loan commitments (continued) 
 
 
Non-credit impaired 
Credit-impaired 
Total 
 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2022 
(11) 
(8) 
- 
(19) 
 
 
 
 
 
Transfers of financial assets: 
 
 
 
 
To Stage 1 
(4) 
4 
- 
- 
To Stage 2 
1 
(1) 
- 
- 
To Stage 3 
- 
1 
(1) 
- 
Net transfer between stages 
(3) 
4 
(1) 
- 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (increase)/decrease due to commitments 
originated and commitments expired1 
(3) 
4 
- 
1 
Changes in credit risk2 
4 
(7) 
1 
(2) 
As at 28 February 2023 
(13) 
(7) 
- 
(20) 
(1) This also reflects assets which were originated in stage 1 and subsequently moved to stage 2 or stage 3 during the year. 
(2) Changes in credit risk includes changes to the allowance for credit impairment losses arising from stage transfers and other changes to risk parameters 
(such as management overlays).  
 
 
Non-credit impaired 
Credit-impaired 
Total 
 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
The Bank 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2023 
(5) 
(2) 
(1) 
(8) 
 
 
 
 
 
Transfers of financial assets: 
 
 
 
 
To Stage 1 
(1) 
1 
- 
- 
To Stage 2 
- 
- 
- 
- 
To Stage 3 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Net transfer between stages 
(1) 
1 
- 
- 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (increase)/decrease due to commitments 
originated and commitments expired1 
(1) 
1 
- 
- 
Changes in credit risk2 
4 
(1) 
- 
3 
As at 29 February 2024 
(3) 
(1) 
(1) 
(5) 
(1) This also reflects assets which were originated in stage 1 and subsequently moved to stage 2 or stage 3 during the year. 
(2) Changes in credit risk includes changes to the allowance for credit impairment losses arising from stage transfers and other changes to risk parameters 
(such as management overlays).  
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
102 
 
32. 
Loan commitments (continued) 
 
 
Non-credit impaired 
Credit-impaired 
Total 
 
Stage 1 
Stage 2 
Stage 3 
The Bank 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 1 March 2022 
(3) 
(4) 
(1) 
(8) 
 
 
 
 
 
Transfers of financial assets: 
 
 
 
 
To Stage 1 
(2) 
2 
- 
- 
To Stage 2 
- 
- 
- 
- 
To Stage 3 
- 
- 
- 
- 
Net transfer between stages 
(2) 
2 
- 
- 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (increase)/decrease due to commitments 
originated and commitments expired1 
(2) 
1 
- 
(1) 
Changes in credit risk2 
2 
(1) 
- 
1 
As at 28 February 2023 
(5) 
(2) 
(1) 
(8) 
(1) This also reflects assets which were originated in stage 1 and subsequently moved to stage 2 or stage 3 during the year. 
(2) Changes in credit risk includes changes to the allowance for credit impairment losses arising from stage transfers and other changes to risk parameters 
(such as management overlays).  
 
33. 
Risk management 
The Group encounters a range of different risks and uncertainties as it undertakes its day-to-day activities and seeks to achieve its 
strategic objectives. Our approach to risk management and an overview of the Principal risk types are described in the Risk Overview 
section on page 29. Further detail on credit and liquidity risk exposures are shown below, with capital adequacy discussed further in 
note 34. 
Credit risk 
Credit risk is central to the Group’s day to day activities and is managed in line with the Board approved risk appetite as detailed within 
the Principal Risks section (page 33). 
Retail credit risk 
Retail Credit Risk is the possibility of losses arising from a retail customer failing to meet their agreed repayment terms as they fall 
due. Retail Credit utilise automated scorecards to assess the credit worthiness and affordability criteria of new applicants and ongoing 
behavioural characteristics of existing customers. The outcome from all scorecard models is monitored utilising a set of credit quality 
metrics to ensure actual performance is in line with agreed expectations. Additional expert underwriting of credit applications is 
undertaken by a specialist operational team where further consideration is appropriate. 
The Retail Credit Risk Committee provide portfolio oversight control over credit risk strategy to maintain lending in line with the Board 
approved risk appetite, with additional oversight and control provided by the Executive Risk Committee and Board Risk Committee. 
Internal Audit provide additional assurance by undertaking regular reviews on the adequacy of credit risk policies and procedures.   
Wholesale and derivative credit risk 
The Group’s Treasury liquid assets portfolio is held primarily for liquidity management purposes and in the case of derivatives, for the 
purpose of managing market risk. The Treasury liquid assets portfolio is invested in eligible investment securities that qualify for the 
regulatory Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and internal Operational Liquidity Pool (OLP). These investments include the Bank of 
England’s (BoE) reserve account, UK government securities (gilts or Treasury bills), multilateral development bank securities, 
government guaranteed agency securities, covered bonds and asset backed securities.  
Limits are established for all counterparty and asset class exposures based on their respective credit quality and market liquidity. 
Consideration is also given to geographical region and the strength of relevant sovereign credit ratings.  
Derivatives are subject to the same credit risk control procedures as are applied to other wholesale market instruments and the credit 
risk arising from mark-to-market derivative valuations is mitigated by daily margin calls, posting cash collateral to cover exposures.  
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
103 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
Daily monitoring is undertaken by the Group’s Treasury and Financial Risk teams, including early warning indicators with appropriate 
triggers for escalation. Oversight of the Group’s Wholesale credit risk positions are included as part of ALCo.  
 
At 29 February 2024, the maximum credit exposure of the Group in the event of other parties failing to perform their obligations is equal 
to the sum of loans and advances to customers, loans and advances to banks, investment securities and credit lines and other 
commitments to lend. These are set out in notes 15, 18, 20 and 32 respectively. No account is taken of any collateral held and the 
maximum exposure to loss is considered to be the instrument's balance sheet carrying amount. 
 
The table below shows the maximum exposure to credit risk for the components of the balance sheet, including derivatives. The 
maximum exposure is shown gross, before the effect of mitigation through the use of collateral agreements. 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2024
2023 
2024
2023
Credit risk exposures 
£m
£m 
£m
£m
 
On balance sheet items 
 
Loans and advances to customers 
 
Unsecured 
4,518
4,729 
3,715
3,991
Secured 
-
564 
-
564
Cash and balances with central banks 
1,112
546 
1,078
499
Derivative financial instruments 
62
99 
15
47
Loans and advances to other banks 
-
100 
-
100
Investment securities 
770
741 
770
741
Other assets 
333
231 
827
684
 
Off balance sheet items 
 
Loans commitments  
6
11 
6
11
 
Total credit risk exposures 
6,801
7,021 
6,411
6,637
 
Risk concentrations 
Concentrations arise when a number of customers or counterparties are engaged in similar business activities, or activities in the 
geographic region, or have similar economic features that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly 
affected by changes in economic, political, or other conditions. Concentrations indicate the relative sensitivity of the Group's 
performance to developments affecting a particular industry, counterparty, or geographical location. 
 
The Group is a retail-focused financial institution operating solely in the UK. In line with its risk principles, the Group seeks to actively 
identify and manage risk concentrations across its business areas and activities. It has set clear targets for diversification within its 
asset and liability portfolios and sources of income. These are supported by a range of portfolio limits and a focus on key processes 
and controls across its activities, systems and supply chain. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
104 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
Geographical sectors 
The Group 
The Bank 
2024
2023
2024
2023
Maximum exposure 
£m
£m
£m
£m
United Kingdom 
6,599
6,807
6,209
6,423
Europe 
55
158
55
158
Other 
147
56
147
56
6,801
7,021
6,411
6,637
 
Concentration by location for investment securities is measured based on the location of the issuer of the security. The analysis reflects 
the credit risk associated with the balance and is not reflective of a currency exposure. 
 
 Industry sectors 
The Group 
The Bank 
2024
2023
2024 
2023 
Maximum exposure 
£m
£m
£m 
£m 
 
Retail 
4,524
5,304
3,721 
4,566 
Financial institutions 
1,345
1,175
1,758 
1,530 
Government 
932
542
932 
541 
6,801
7,021
6,411 
6,637 
 
Retail credit risk 
The Group’s retail credit risk management strategy is to ensure that its retail asset portfolios are suitably diversified through 
identifying and managing credit risk concentrations whilst serving our target market, being Sainsburys and/or Argos customers, in line 
with a targeted risk versus return framework. Retail credit risks are managed in accordance with limits set out within Board Risk 
appetite which is documented in detailed policies and policy standards. There were no significant changes noted in appetite over the 
period albeit credit risk strategies were reviewed. Most notably, affordability calculations were updated and reinforced to reflect the 
rising cost of living. Reviews of credit risk appetite levels are subject to annual review and more frequently if required. Credit strategy 
is updated within appetite, to reflect emerging trends and/or changes to appetite. 
 
We have considered whether any new or emerging risks (as detailed in the Strategic report on page 31) result in an impact on our ECL 
provisions. The immediate impacts on inflation are considered as part of our provisions adequacy and have resulted in us holding an 
economic uncertainty overlay as outlined in note 2. To date climate risk has not resulted in any significant impact on our observed 
expected credit losses.  
 
Following the Group’s sale of the mortgage portfolio, all lending is unsecured comprising of Personal Loans, Credit Cards, AFS 
Storecards and the Monthly Payment Plan. 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
105 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
Credit quality per class of financial asset 
Loans and advances are summarised as follows: 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2024
2023 
2024 
2023
 
£m
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
Impaired 
207
210 
139 
128
Past due but not impaired 
55
60 
22 
20
Neither past due nor impaired 
4,498
5,307 
3,662 
4,535
Gross amount due 
4,760
5,577 
3,823 
4,683
 
 
Less: allowance for impairment 
(235)
(239) 
(149) 
(135)
          hedging fair value adjustment 
(7)
(45) 
41 
7
4,518
5,293 
3,715 
4,555
 
Stage 3 gross impaired loans includes £6m (2023: £7m) of unsecured loans that have cured however, are held in stage 3 due to the 
application of a probationary period.  
 
Credit quality analysis 
The Group 
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total 
29 February 2024 
£m
£m
£m
£m 
Impaired 
Less than 3 months, but impaired1 
-
-
27
27
Over 3 months 
-
-
92
92
Recoveries  
-
-
88
88
Total gross impaired loans 
-
-
207
207
Past due 30 days to 3 months 
-
25
-
25
Past due less than 30 days 
8
22
-
30
Not past due 
4,147
351
-
4,498
Total gross amount due 
4,155
398
207
4,760
Impairment 
Impairment on gross balance 
46
50
139
235
Undrawn commitments impairment 
10
4
1
15
Total impairment 
56
54
140
250
Average 12 month PDs (stage 1 balances only) 
2.0%
Average lifetime PDs (stage 2 balances only) 
39.2%
Average LGD 
56.1%
Coverage 
1.3%
13.6%
67.6%
5.3%
1Includes £3m (2023: £4m) of loans that would have been past due had their terms not been renegotiated.  
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
106 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
The Group 
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total 
28 February 2023 
£m
£m
£m
£m 
Impaired 
Less than 3 months, but impaired1 
-
-
31
31
Over 3 months 
-
-
91
91
Recoveries  
-
-
81
81
Total gross impaired loans 
-
-
203
203
Past due 30 days to 3 months 
-
23
-
23
Past due less than 30 days 
10
26
-
36
Not past due 
4,303
431
-
4,734
Total gross amount due 
4,313
480
203
4,996
Impairment 
Impairment on gross balance 
42
53
144
239
Undrawn commitments impairment 
13
7
0
20
Total impairment 
55
60
144
259
Average 12 month PDs (stage 1 balances only) 
2.1%
Average lifetime PDs (stage 2 balances only) 
39.2%
Average LGD 
56.4%
Coverage 
1.3%
12.5%
71.0%
5.2%
1Includes £4m (2023: £5m) of loans that would have been past due had their terms not been renegotiated. 
 
The Bank 
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total 
29 February 2024 
£m
£m
£m
£m 
Impaired 
Less than 3 months, but impaired1 
-
-
10
10
Over 3 months 
-
-
41
41
Recoveries  
-
-
88
88
Total gross impaired loans 
-
-
139
139
Past due 30 days to 3 months 
-
11
-
11
Past due less than 30 days 
-
11
-
11
Not past due 
3,355
307
-
3,662
Total gross amount due 
3,355
329
139
3,823
Impairment 
Impairment on gross balance 
28
25
96
149
Undrawn commitments impairment 
3
1
1
5
Total impairment 
31
26
97
154
Average 12 month PDs (stage 1 balances only) 
0.8%
Average lifetime PDs (stage 2 balances only) 
17.5%
Average LGD 
57.7%
Coverage 
0.9%
7.9%
69.8%
4.0%
1Includes £2m (2023: £2m) of loans that would have been past due had their terms not been renegotiated. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
107 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
The Bank 
 
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total 
28 February 2023 
£m
£m
£m
£m 
Impaired 
Less than 3 months, but impaired1 
-
-
9
9
Over 3 months 
-
-
31
31
Recoveries  
-
-
81
81
Total gross impaired loans 
-
-
121
121
Past due 30 days to 3 months 
-
9
-
9
Past due less than 30 days 
-
10
-
10
Not past due 
3,593
370
-
3,963
Total gross amount due 
3,593
389
121
4,103
Impairment 
Impairment on gross balance 
23
25
86
134
Undrawn commitments impairment 
5
2
1
8
Total impairment 
28
27
87
142
Average 12 month PDs (stage 1 balances only) 
0.8%
Average lifetime PDs (stage 2 balances only) 
16.2%
Average LGD 
57.2%
Coverage 
0.8%
6.9%
71.9%
3.5%
1Includes £2m (2023: £3m) of loans that would have been past due had their terms not been renegotiated. 
 
Group unsecured coverage has slightly increased from 5.2% to 5.3% year-on-year, driven by minor changes in mix of the portfolios.   
 
If a customer falls into arrears, the customer will be held in 'collections' where the Group will work with the customer to try to regularise 
the position over a period of time. Where the arrears status of a customer deteriorates and there is a failure to respond to 
correspondence or agree an acceptable repayment proposal, including notice of default, the customer balance will fall into 'recoveries'. 
A specialist debt recovery team will take steps to recover the debt, using their expertise to determine the optimal recovery strategy. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
108 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
Credit quality 
 
IFRS 9 
12 month probability of default 
Probability %  
(no change from 2023) 
High quality 
<=3.02% 
Satisfactory quality 
>3.03%; < 11.10% 
Low quality 
>= 11.11% 
Credit impaired 
100% 
 
The Group 
29 February 2024 
Stage 1
£m
Stage 2
£m
Stage 3 
£m 
Total
£m
High quality 
3,388
81
- 
3,469
Satisfactory quality 
704
186
- 
890
Low quality  
63
131
- 
194
Credit impaired 
-
-
207 
207
Total gross amount due 
4,155
398
207 
4,760
 
The Group 
28 February 2023 
Stage 1
£m
Stage 2
£m
Stage 3 
£m 
Total
£m
High quality 
3,594
125
- 
3,719
Satisfactory quality 
641
215
- 
856
Low quality  
78
140
- 
218
Credit impaired 
-
-
203 
203
Total gross amount due 
4,313
480
203 
4,996
 
The Bank 
29 February 2024 
Stage 1
£m
Stage 2
£m
Stage 3 
£m 
Total
£m
High quality 
2,870
81
- 
2,951
Satisfactory quality 
471
174
- 
645
Low quality  
14
74
- 
88
Credit impaired 
-
-
139 
139
Total gross amount due 
3,355
329
139 
3,823
 
The Bank 
28 February 2023 
Stage 1
£m
Stage 2
£m
Stage 3 
£m 
Total
£m
High quality 
3,143
125
- 
3,268
Satisfactory quality 
430
195
- 
625
Low quality  
20
69
- 
89
Credit impaired 
-
-
121 
121
Total gross amount due 
3,593
389
121 
4,103
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
109 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
The following table shows the maximum exposure to credit risk for commitments and balances measured at amortised cost along with 
the related amounts which are credit impaired at the reporting date.  
 
The Group 
The Bank 
2024
2023 
2024 
2023
Maximum 
exposure to 
credit risk
Maximum
exposure to 
credit risk 
Maximum 
exposure to 
credit risk 
Maximum
exposure to 
credit risk
 
£m
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
Loan Commitments 
7,697
8,685 
5,078 
5,873
  Of which credit impaired  
38
50 
19 
22
 
 
Financial assets measured at amortised cost – Retail 
lending 
4,760
5,577 
3,823 
4,684
 Of which credit impaired  
207
210 
139 
128
 
 
Total 
12,457
14,262 
8,901 
10,557
 Of which credit impaired 
245
260 
158 
150
 
Forbearance 
The Group provides support to customers who are experiencing financial difficulties. Forbearance is relief granted by a lender to assist 
customers in financial difficulty, through arrangements which temporarily allow the customer to pay an amount other than the 
contractual amounts due. These temporary arrangements may be initiated by the customer or the Group where financial difficulty 
would prevent repayment within the original terms and conditions of the contract. The main aim of forbearance is to support customers 
in returning to a position where they are able to meet their contractual obligations.  
 
The Group has well defined forbearance policies and processes. A number of forbearance options are made available to customers. 
These include arrangements to repay arrears over a period of time, by making payments above the contractual amount, that ensure 
the loan is repaid within the original repayment term and short-term concessions, where the borrower is allowed to make reduced 
repayments (or in exceptional circumstances, no repayments) on a temporary basis to assist with short-term financial hardship. 
 
The table below details the values of secured and unsecured advances that are subject to forbearance programmes. 
 
 
The Group 
 
2024 
2023 
 
Gross loans 
and advances 
subject to 
forbearance 
Forbearance 
as a total of 
loans and 
advances 
Forbearance 
covered by 
impairment 
provision 
Gross loans and 
advances 
subject to 
forbearance 
Forbearance as 
a total of loans 
and advances  
Forbearance 
covered by 
impairment 
provision 
 
£m 
% 
% 
£m 
% 
% 
Unsecured 
53 
1.1 
67.2 
61 
1.2 
69.1 
 
 
The Bank 
 
2024 
2023 
 
Gross loans 
and advances 
subject to 
forbearance 
Forbearance 
as a total of 
loans and 
advances 
Forbearance 
covered by 
impairment 
provision 
Gross loans and 
advances 
subject to 
forbearance 
Forbearance as 
a total of loans 
and advances  
Forbearance 
covered by 
impairment 
provision 
 
£m 
% 
% 
£m 
% 
% 
Unsecured 
38 
1.0 
65.9 
35 
0.9 
67.1 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
110 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
Climate-related credit risk 
Our assessment of climate-related credit risk is outlined in the emerging risks section on page 31. To date we have not seen and do not 
actively monitor any changes to the probability of default or loss given default that arise as a result of physical or transitional climate 
risk. Due to our predominantly unsecured portfolios, we do not anticipate material exposure to credit risks as a result of climate change 
over the next 5 years, however we continually monitor this assumption. 
 
Governmental and societal responses to climate change risks are still developing, and are interdependent upon each other, 
consequently financial statements cannot capture all possible future outcomes as these are not yet known. 
 
Debt securities, balances with central banks and other eligible investment securities 
The total gross amount of individually impaired debt securities, cash and balances with central banks, UK government securities (Gilts 
and Treasury bills) and other eligible investment securities as at 29 February 2024 was £nil (2023: £nil). The tables below present an 
analysis of the credit quality of cash and cash equivalents and the treasury assets portfolio by market value.  
 
The Group 
Cash and balances 
with central banks 
UK government
securities
Other investment
securities 
Total 
At 29 February 2024 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
Aaa to A3 
- 
-
770 
770 
ATM cash and balances with central banks 
1,051 
-
- 
1,051 
Other demand deposits 
61 
-
- 
61 
1,112 
-
770 
1,882 
 
The Bank 
Cash and balances 
with central banks 
UK government
securities
Other investment
securities 
Total 
At 29 February 2024 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
Aaa to A3 
- 
-
770 
770 
ATM cash and balances with central banks 
1,051 
-
- 
1,051 
Other demand deposits 
27 
-
- 
27 
1,078 
-
770 
1,848 
 
The Group 
Cash and balances 
with central banks 
UK government
securities
Other investment 
securities 
Total 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
Aaa to A3 
- 
25
716 
741 
ATM cash and balances with central banks 
471 
-
- 
471 
Other demand deposits 
75 
-
- 
75 
546 
25
716 
1,287 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
111 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
The Bank 
Cash and balances 
with central banks 
UK government
securities
Other investment 
securities 
Total 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
Aaa to A3 
- 
25
716 
741 
ATM cash and balances with central banks 
471 
-
- 
471 
Other demand deposits 
28 
-
- 
28 
499 
25
716 
1,240 
 
 
 
 
Credit Risk Profile by external rating grades of Treasury Assets measured at FVOCI 
 
 
The Group and Bank 
 
2024 
2023 
 
Non-credit 
impaired 
Total Gross 
Carrying Amount 
Non-credit 
impaired 
Total Gross 
Carrying Amount 
External Rating Grades 
Stage 1 
 
Stage 1 
 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
 
Aaa to A3 
770 
770 
741 
741 
 
770 
770 
741 
741 
 
 
Financial assets and liabilities subject to offsetting, master netting agreements and similar agreements 
 
The following table shows financial instruments which are subject to offsetting, master netting and similar agreements: 
 
 
The Group 
 
Net amounts 
recognised in 
the balance 
sheet 
Related amounts not offset 
in the balance sheet 
Gross assets / 
(liabilities) 
recognised 
Amounts 
offset 
Financial 
instruments 
Collateral 
pledged / 
(received) 
 
 
 
Net amounts 
At 29 February 2024 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Derivative financial 
instruments – assets 
62 
- 
62 
- 
(10) 
52 
Derivative financial 
instruments – liabilities 
(56) 
- 
(56) 
- 
56 
- 
  
6 
- 
6 
- 
46 
52 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
112 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
 
The Group 
 
Net amounts 
recognised in 
the balance 
sheet 
Related amounts not offset in 
the balance sheet 
Gross assets / 
(liabilities) 
recognised 
Amounts 
offset 
Financial 
instruments 
Collateral 
pledged / 
(received) 
 
 
 
Net amounts 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Derivative financial 
instruments – assets 
99 
- 
99 
- 
(49) 
49 
Derivative financial 
instruments – liabilities 
(53) 
- 
(53) 
- 
52 
(1) 
  
46 
- 
46 
- 
3 
48 
 
 
 
The Bank 
 
Net amounts 
recognised in 
the balance 
sheet 
Related amounts not offset 
in the balance sheet 
Gross assets / 
(liabilities) 
recognised 
Amounts 
offset 
Financial 
instruments 
Collateral 
pledged / 
(received) 
 
 
 
Net amounts 
At 29 February 2024 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Derivative financial 
instruments – assets 
15 
 
15 
- 
(10) 
5 
Derivative financial 
instruments – liabilities 
(56) 
- 
(56) 
- 
56 
- 
  
(41) 
- 
(41) 
- 
46 
5 
 
 
 
The Bank 
 
Net amounts 
recognised in 
the balance 
sheet 
Related amounts not offset in 
the balance sheet 
Gross assets / 
(liabilities) 
recognised 
Amounts 
offset 
Financial 
instruments 
Collateral 
pledged / 
(received) 
 
 
 
Net amounts 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Derivative financial 
instruments – assets 
47 
 
47 
- 
(49) 
(2) 
Derivative financial 
instruments – liabilities 
(53) 
- 
(53) 
- 
52 
(1) 
  
(6) 
- 
(6) 
- 
3 
(3) 
 
The Group has derivatives which are governed by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA), credit support annex 
(CSA) and cleared derivatives execution agreement (CDEA) whereby if the fair value exceeds a pre-agreed level, cash collateral is 
exchanged. The Group’s exposures are held with a central clearing counterparty, the London Clearing House (LCH), the terms of which 
also required an initial margin to be provided. At 29 February 2024, the Group had posted cash collateral of £10m (2023: £49m) and 
received cash collateral of £66m (2023: £52m) against its derivative positions, and posted £16m of initial margin in the form of cash 
(2023: £21m of initial margin collateralised by encumbered Gilts).  
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
113 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
Liquidity and funding risk 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group cannot meet its payment obligations as they fall due or can only do so at excessive cost. The 
Group seeks to ensure that financial obligations can be met at all times, even under liquidity stress conditions. 
 
The annual ILAAP enables the Group to: 
• 
Identify and assess its most relevant liquidity risk drivers 
• 
Quantify its liquidity needs under various stress scenarios and  
• 
Put in place appropriate limits and controls to mitigate liquidity risks. 
 
In meeting its internal limits as well as PRA requirements, the Group maintains a stock of high-quality liquid assets that can be readily 
monetised by outright sale or repurchase agreement to meet the Group’s obligations to depositors and other creditors. 
 
The Group’s Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) are regularly monitored and forecast alongside net 
cash flows and key funding ratios. Treasury prepare long term and short-term forecasts to assess liquidity requirements, taking into 
account factors such as ATM cash management, contractual maturities, and customer deposit patterns (stable or less stable deposits) 
as well as outflows regarding undrawn commitments. These reports support daily liquidity risk management, with early warning 
indicators reviewed on a daily basis and appropriate triggers for escalation and action in line with risk appetite, Liquidity and Funding 
Risk Policy and Liquidity Contingency Plan (which is incorporated in the Recovery Plan). Asset encumbrance ratios and key risk 
indicators for wholesale funding are also regularly monitored and reported to ALCo. 
 
The table below shows the undiscounted cash flows on the Group’s financial assets, liabilities, and unrecognised loan commitments 
on the basis of their earliest possible contractual maturity. The expected (behavioural) cash flows on these instruments vary 
significantly from this analysis and as such are regularly modelled to ensure operational net cash flows are managed. The disclosure 
for derivatives shows a gross inflow and outflow amount. As derivatives have a simultaneous net settlement it is not considered 
representative to show only the outflow amount. 
 
Repayments which are subject to notice are treated as if notice were to be given immediately. However, the Group expects that many 
customers will not request repayment on the earliest date the Group could be required to pay, and the table does not reflect the 
expected cash flows indicated by the Group's deposit retention history. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
114 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
Residual contractual maturity analysis 
 
The Group 
Less than 1 month 
1 to 3 
months 
3 to 12 
months 
1 to 5 
years 
Over 5 
years 
Total
At 29 February 2024 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
Assets 
 
 
 
Non-derivative assets 
 
 
 
Cash and balances at central banks 
1,112 
- 
-
- 
-
1,112 
Loans and Advances to customers 
1,937 
566 
911
1,743 
47
5,204 
Loans and Advances to other banks 
- 
- 
-
- 
-
- 
Investment securities 
5 
16 
49
809 
-
879 
Other Assets 
235 
16 
46
41 
-
338 
Long term interest receivable 
- 
- 
-
- 
-
- 
3,289 
598 
1,006
2,593 
47
7,533 
Net derivative asset cash flows 
22 
6 
57
115 
2
202 
Total cash inflows 
3,311 
604 
1,063
2,708 
49
7,735 
 
 
 
Liabilities 
 
 
 
Non-derivative liabilities 
 
 
 
Customer accounts 
3,367 
252 
600
194 
-
4,413 
Other deposits 
733 
220 
626
44 
-
1,623 
Other liabilities 
115 
1 
4
6 
-
126 
Subordinated Debt 
6 
- 
6
164 
-
176 
4,221 
473 
1,236
408 
-
6,338 
Net derivative liability cash flows 
8 
11 
52
114 
-
185 
Unrecognised loan commitments 
6 
- 
-
- 
-
6 
Total cash outflows 
4,235 
484 
1,288
522 
-
6,529 
 
 
 
 
Net liquidity 
(924) 
120 
(225)
2,186 
49
1,206 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
115 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
The Group 
Less than 1 month 
1 to 3 
months 3 to 12 months 1 to 5 years Over 5 years 
Total
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-derivative assets 
 
 
 
 
Cash and balances at central banks 
546 
- 
-
-
-
546 
Loans and Advances to customers 
2,591 
544 
735
1,686
822
6,378 
Loans and Advances to other banks 
- 
- 
100
-
-
100 
Investment securities 
2 
54 
246
552
-
854 
Other Assets 
225 
- 
-
-
-
225 
Long term interest receivable 
1 
1 
5
-
-
7 
3,365 
599 
1,086
2,238
822
8,110 
Net derivative asset cash flows 
12 
5 
45
46
4
112 
Total cash inflows 
3,377 
604 
1,131
2,284
826
8,222 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-derivative liabilities 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer accounts 
3,978 
208 
365
386
-
4,937 
Other deposits 
94 
137 
318
738
-
1,287 
Other liabilities 
191 
- 
1
1
-
193 
Subordinated Debt 
6 
- 
6
50
126
188 
4,269 
345 
690
1,175
126
6,605 
Net derivative liability cash flows 
1 
5 
22
29
-
57 
Unrecognised loan commitments 
(11) 
- 
-
-
-
(11)
Total cash outflows 
4,259 
350 
712
1,204
126
6,651 
 
 
 
Net liquidity 
(882) 
254 
419 
1,080
700
1,571 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
116 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
 
The Bank 
Less than 1 month 
1 to 3 
months 
3 to 12 
months 
1 to 5 
years 
Over 5 
years 
Total
At 29 February 2024 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m
 
 
 
Assets 
 
 
 
Non-derivative assets 
 
 
 
Cash and balances at central banks 
1,078 
- 
-
-
- 
1,078 
Loans and Advances to customers 
1,533 
240 
682
1,624
48 
4,127 
Loans and Advances to other banks 
- 
- 
-
-
- 
- 
Investment securities 
5 
16 
49
809
- 
879 
Other Assets 
729 
16 
46
41
- 
832 
Long term interest receivable 
- 
- 
-
-
- 
- 
3,345 
272 
777
2,474
48 
6,916 
Net derivative asset cash flows 
20 
1 
43
108
2 
174 
Total cash inflows 
3,365 
273 
820
2,582
50 
7,090 
 
Liabilities 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-derivative liabilities 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer accounts 
3,367 
252 
600
194
- 
4,413 
Other deposits 
733 
220 
626
44
- 
1,623 
Other liabilities 
81 
1 
4
6
- 
92 
Subordinated Debt 
6 
- 
6
164
- 
176 
4,187 
473 
1,236
408
- 
6,304 
Net derivative liability cash flows 
8 
11 
52
114
- 
185 
Unrecognised loan commitments 
6 
- 
-
-
- 
6 
Total cash outflows 
4,201 
484 
1,288
522
- 
6,495 
 
 
 
 
Net liquidity 
(836) 
(211) 
(468)
2,060
50 
595 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
117 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
The Bank 
Less than 1
month
1 to 3
months
3 to 12
months
 1 to 5
years
Over 5 
years
Total
At 28 February 2023 
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
 
 
 
Assets 
 
 
 
Non-derivative assets 
 
 
 
Cash and balances at central banks 
499
-
-
-
-
499 
Loans and advances to customers 
1,995
241
604
1,716
824
5,380 
Loans and advances to other banks 
-
-
100
-
-
100 
Investment securities 
2
54
246
552
-
854 
Other assets 
678
-
-
-
-
678 
Long term interest receivable 
1
1
5
-
-
7 
3,175
296
955
2,268
824
7,518 
Net derivative asset cash flows 
11
0
23
17
4
55 
Total cash inflows 
3,186
296
978
2,285
828
7,573 
Liabilities 
Non-derivative liabilities 
Customer accounts 
3,978
208
365
386
-
4,937 
Other deposits 
94
137
318
738
-
1,287 
Other liabilities 
145
-
(1)
(1)
-
143 
Subordinated Debt 
6
-
6
50
126
188 
4,223
345
688
1,173
126
6,555 
Net derivative liability cash flows 
1
5
22
29
-
57 
Unrecognised loan commitments 
11
-
-
-
-
11 
Total cash outflows 
4,235
350
710
1,202
126
6,623 
 
Net liquidity 
(1,049)
(54)
268
1,083
702
950 
Asset Encumbrance 
An asset is defined as encumbered if it has been pledged as collateral against a recognised or off balance sheet liability and therefore 
is no longer available for disposal or as collateral to support liquidity or funding requirements of the Group. The encumbrance levels of 
assets and related recognised or off balance sheet liabilities are shown in the following tables. 
 
The Group 
  
Encumbered 
Unencumbered 
Total 
At 29 February 2024 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Loans and advances to customers 
1,444 
3,074 
4,518 
Debt securities 
25 
745 
770 
Other assets 
76 
340 
416 
Cash, balances with central banks and loans and advances 
to banks 
14 
1,098 
1,112 
  
1,559 
5,257 
6,816 
 
 
 
The Group 
  
Encumbered 
Unencumbered 
Total 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Loans and advances to customers 
1,116 
4,177 
5,293 
Debt securities 
- 
741 
741 
Other assets 
64 
465 
529 
Cash, balances with central banks and loans and advances 
to banks 
15 
631 
646 
  
1,195 
6,014 
7,209 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
118 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
 
The Bank 
  
Encumbered 
Unencumbered 
Total 
At 29 February 2024 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Loans and advances to customers 
1,444 
2,271 
3,715 
Debt securities 
25 
745 
770 
Other assets 
76 
1,107 
1,183 
Cash, balances with central banks and loans and advances 
to banks 
14 
1,064 
1,078 
  
1,559 
5,187 
6,746 
 
 
 
The Bank 
  
Encumbered 
Unencumbered 
Total 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Loans and advances to customers 
1,116 
3,439 
4,555 
Debt securities 
- 
741 
741 
Other assets 
64 
1,155 
1,219 
Cash, balances with central banks and loans and advances 
to banks 
15 
584 
599 
  
1,195 
5,919 
7,114 
 
 
 
The Group 
  
Carrying value of encumbered 
assets 
Matching liabilities, 
contingent liabilities or 
securities lent 
At 29 February 2024 
£m 
£m 
Loans and advances to customers 
1,444 
602 
Debt securities 
25 
5 
Other assets 
76 
- 
Cash, balances with central banks and loans and advances 
to banks 
14 
- 
 
1,559 
607 
 
 
 
The Group 
  
Carrying value of encumbered 
assets 
Matching liabilities, contingent 
liabilities or securities lent 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
Loans and advances to customers 
1,116 
760 
Debt securities 
- 
- 
Other assets 
64 
- 
Cash, balances with central banks and loans and advances 
to banks 
15 
- 
 
1,195 
760 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
119 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
 
 
The Bank 
  
Carrying value of encumbered 
assets 
Matching liabilities, 
contingent liabilities or 
securities lent 
At 29 February 2024 
£m 
£m 
Loans and advances to customers 
1,444 
602 
Debt securities 
25 
5 
Other assets 
76 
41 
Cash, balances with central banks and loans and advances 
to banks 
14 
- 
 
1,559 
648 
 
 
 
The Bank 
  
Carrying value of encumbered 
assets 
Matching liabilities, contingent 
liabilities or securities lent 
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m 
Loans and advances to customers 
1,116 
760 
Debt securities 
- 
- 
Other assets 
64 
6 
Cash, balances with central banks and loans and advances 
to banks 
15 
- 
 
1,195 
766 
 
The main sources of encumbrance in the Group relate to margin requirements for derivative transactions and collateral relating to 
secured funding transactions. Cash collateral is advanced and received as variation margin on derivatives transactions, whilst eligible 
treasury assets are pledged as collateral for initial margin requirements on derivatives which are centrally cleared. Eligible personal 
loans with applicable haircuts are used as collateral for the securitisation facility and the Bank of England’s Term Funding Scheme with 
additional incentives for SMEs (TFSME) and Indexed Long-term Repo (ILTR). The personal loans used to secure the funding are held 
within Loans and advances to customers. There are assets which would not normally be considered available for encumbrance in the 
normal course of the Group's business including intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, prepayments and accruals and 
deferred tax assets. These are included within the carrying value of unencumbered assets. 
 
Market risk 
Market risk is the risk of loss as a result of the value of the Group’s assets, liabilities and off-balance-sheet instruments being adversely 
affected by movements in market prices, interest rates or foreign exchange rates which leads to a reduction in either earnings or 
economic value. The key market risks are Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB) and Foreign Exchange risk. The Bank does 
not have a trading book. 
 
Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book 
IRRBB is the current or prospective risk to both earnings and economic value from movements in interest rates. The main sub-types of 
IRRBB include: 
 
- 
Re-pricing risk (or gap risk): the risk arising from timing differences in the interest rate changes of Bank assets and liabilities 
(e.g. fixed rate personal loans and instant access savings accounts).  
- 
Yield curve risk: the risk arising from changes in the slope and shape of the yield curve.  
- 
Basis risk: risk arising from imperfect correlation between different interest rate indices (e.g. administered rate on savings 
products and treasury assets linked to SONIA). 
- 
Prepayment risk: the risk arising from the timing of customer prepayments which differ from planning and hedging 
assumptions. 
- 
Credit Spread Risk: the risk of adverse effects resulting from a change in credit spreads, arising via the Group’s treasury assets 
portfolio. 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
120 
 
33. 
Risk management (continued) 
Foreign exchange risk 
The Group is exposed to FX risk through its holding of cash denominated in foreign currencies, primarily Euro and US Dollar, within its 
travel money bureaux in J Sainsbury plc stores and its currency dispensing ATM machines. Foreign exchange risk is currently mitigated 
through forward rate transactions. Further details of the hedging arrangements in place at year end are disclosed in note 19. 
Risk Appetite Measures 
The Bank’s market risk appetite statements defines limits for the following market risk measures: 
- 
Capital at Risk: an aggregate measure based on assessing each of the IRRBB risks and allocating a capital charge 
against each risk driver using a series of plausible but severe interest rate stresses. This includes parallel and non-
parallel movements of the yield curve. Where applicable a customer behavioural repayment profile is applied. 
- 
Annual Earnings at Risk: measures the sensitivity of the Bank’s earnings over the next 12 months, in response to adverse 
movements in interest rates.  
- 
Net Open Currency Position: measures the Bank’s net open currency position aggregated across all currencies. 
Controls and Mitigants 
The Market Risk Policy defines the approach the Bank must apply to measure, monitor, and control market risk which includes 
the Board approved market risk appetite statement and specific limits. The Treasury function undertakes the day to day 
management of market risk, using systems and models to assess risk exposure against limits. Oversight is provided by the 
Financial Risk team in 2nd line.  
The main hedging instruments used to hedge IRRBB exposures are interest swaps as well as taking into account natural hedges 
between assets and liabilities with similar repricing characteristics in the first instance. Any residual exposures are then 
assessed against Board approved limits.  
Hedging strategies are implemented and reviewed on a regular basis at ALCo to ensure the Bank remains within limits. 
Earnings at risk (change in net interest income) for changes in interest rates of +/-100 basis points movements in rates are as follows: 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
 
2024
2023
2024
2023
£m
£m
£m
£m
+/- 100 basis points 
1/2
1/(1)
1/2
0/0
 
The above analysis assumes that interest rates would floor at 0% and would not result in negative rates becoming applicable. The 
methodology used in calculation of earnings at risk was changed to show a dynamic view of the balance sheet as opposed to a static 
balance sheet assumption applied in the 2023 financial statements.  Comparatives have been represented accordingly. 
 
34. 
Capital resources (unaudited) 
 
From a prudential perspective, the Bank is monitored and supervised on a consolidated basis with its subsidiary, Home Retail Group 
Card Services Limited. The Bank has obtained an individual consolidation waiver from the PRA, which allows the Bank to monitor its 
capital position on a consolidated basis only. Therefore, the capital position shown below is on a regulatory consolidated basis.  
Regulatory capital is calculated under the Capital Requirements Regulations and Capital Requirements Directive (collectively known 
as CRD IV). In 2020, an alternative transitional model was introduced to relieve Covid-19 related ECL increases within regulatory capital 
over a period of five years. As a result, the Bank calculates the capital resources on a transitional basis in addition to the full impact at 
the balance sheet date as shown below. 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
121 
 
34. 
Capital resources (unaudited) (continued) 
 
Transitional 
Full impact 
Transitional 
Full impact 
2024 
2024 
2023 
2023 
IFRS9 
IFRS9 
IFRS9 
IFRS9 
The regulatory consolidated group 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital: 
Ordinary share capital 
701
701
701
701
Allowable reserves  
48
48
165
165
CET 1 capital pre Regulatory adjustments 
749
749
866
866
Regulatory adjustments: 
Intangible assets  
-
-
(165)
(165)
Additional value adjustment 
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
Non-performing exposures insufficient coverage 
-
-
(1)
(1)
Transitional adjustment 
1
-
23
-
Total Regulatory adjustments to CET 1 Capital 
-
(1)
(144)
(167)
Tier 1 Capital 
749
748
722
699
Loan notes (listed) 
100
100
113
113
Tier 2 Capital 
100
100
113
113
Total capital 
849
848
835
812
 
The movement of CET 1 capital during the financial year is analysed as follows: 
 
Transitional
Full impact
Transitional
Full impact
2024
2024
2023
2023
IFRS9
IFRS9
IFRS9
IFRS9
The regulatory consolidated group 
£m
£m
£m
£m
At 1 March  
722
699
685
647
Verified profit / (losses)  
(117)
(117)
38
38
Foreseeable dividend 
-
-
-
-
Transitional adjustments 
(22)
-
(15)
-
Other reserve movements 
-
-
1
1
Movement in additional value adjustments 
-
-
(1)
(1)
Movement in non-performing exposures 
insufficient coverage 
1
1
(1)
(1)
Movement in intangible assets 
165
165
15
15
As at 29/28 February  
749
748
722
699
 
Reconciliation of statutory reserves to regulatory reserves 
 
2024 
2023 
The regulatory consolidated group 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Total shareholders’ funds  
749 
866 
Foreseeable dividend 
- 
- 
Total shareholders’ funds of subsidiary undertakings and consolidation adjustments 
- 
- 
Regulatory adjustments 
- 
(144) 
CET 1 capital  
749 
722 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
122 
 
34. 
Capital resources (unaudited) (continued) 
 
Leverage ratio (unaudited) 
The leverage ratio is defined as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted assets, which is measured below on a regulatory consolidated 
basis. The denominator represents the total non-risk weighted assets of the regulatory group adjusted for certain off balance sheet 
exposures assets and regulatory deductions and provides a non-risk-weighted 'backstop' capital measure. The leverage ratio is 
calculated below as at 29 February 2024 on the UK basis which allows central bank assets to be excluded from the leverage exposures. 
The Bank's leverage ratio of 11.3% (2023: 9.6%) exceeds the minimum Basel leverage ratio of 3%. 
 
Transitional
Full impact
Transitional 
Full impact
2024
2024
2023 
2023
IFRS9
IFRS9
IFRS9 
IFRS9
The regulatory consolidated group 
£m
£m
£m 
£m
Components of the leverage ratio 
 
Total assets as per published financial 
statements 
6,816
6,816
7,209 
7,209
Movement on consolidation of subsidiary 
undertakings 
(6)
(6)
(6) 
(6)
Exposure value for derivatives and securities 
financing transactions 
30
30
32 
32
Off balance sheet exposures: unconditionally 
cancellable (10%) 
769
769
867 
867
Off balance sheet: other (100%) 
1
1
2 
2
Other adjustments 
(78)
(78)
(243) 
(266)
Transitional adjustment 
1
-
- 
-
Central bank claims 
(886)
(886)
(331) 
(331)
6,647
6,646
7,530 
7,507
Tier 1 capital 
749
748
722 
699
Leverage ratio 
11.3%
11.3%
9.6% 
9.3%
 
Capital management 
The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk 
characteristics of its activities. Capital adequacy is monitored on an on-going basis by senior management, the ALCo, the Executive 
Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee. Our submissions to the PRA in the year have shown that the Group has complied with 
all externally imposed capital requirements. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
123 
 
35. 
Fair value of financial instruments 
 
Fair value hierarchy 
IFRS 13 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or 
unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources; unobservable inputs reflect the Group’s 
market assumptions. These two types of inputs have created the following fair value hierarchy: 
 
Level 1 
Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. This level includes listed equity securities and debt 
instruments on exchanges (for example, London Stock Exchange, Frankfurt Stock Exchange, New York Stock Exchange) and exchange 
traded derivatives like futures. 
 
Level 2 
Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or 
indirectly (that is, derived from prices). The sources of input parameters like SONIA yield curve or counterparty credit risk are 
Bloomberg and Reuters. 
 
Level 3 
Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). This level includes equity 
investments and debt instruments with significant unobservable components.  
 
This hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. The Group considers relevant and observable market prices 
in its valuations where possible. 
 
The below table provides an analysis of the relevant fair value hierarchy for items recognised at fair value: 
 
The Group 
Level 1 
Level 2
Level 3 
Total
At 29 February 2024 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m
 
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging 
instruments 
- 
62
- 
62
Derivatives not in fair value hedging relationships 
- 
-
- 
-
Investment Securities 
768 
2
- 
770
Total assets 
768 
64
- 
832
 
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging 
instruments 
- 
56
- 
56
Total liabilities 
- 
56
- 
56
 
The Group 
Level 1 
Level 2
Level 3 
Total
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m
 
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging 
instruments 
- 
98
- 
98
Derivatives not in fair value hedging relationships 
- 
1
- 
1
Investment Securities 
689 
2
- 
691
Total assets 
689 
101
- 
790
 
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging 
instruments 
- 
53
- 
53
Total liabilities 
- 
53
- 
53
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
124 
 
35. 
Fair value of financial instruments (continued) 
 
 
The Bank 
Level 1 
Level 2
Level 3 
Total
At 29 February 2024 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m
 
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging 
instruments 
- 
15
- 
15
Derivatives not in fair value hedging relationships 
- 
-
- 
-
Investment Securities 
768 
2
- 
770
Total assets 
768 
17
- 
785
 
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging 
instruments 
- 
56
- 
56
Total liabilities 
- 
56
- 
56
 
The Bank 
Level 1 
Level 2
Level 3 
Total
At 28 February 2023 
£m 
£m
£m 
£m
 
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging 
instruments 
- 
46
- 
46
Derivatives not in fair value hedging relationships 
- 
1
- 
1
Investment Securities 
689 
2
- 
691
Total assets 
689 
49
- 
738
 
 
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging 
instruments 
- 
53
- 
53
Total liabilities 
- 
53
- 
53
 
The table below summarises the fair value of financial assets and liabilities that are not presented in the Group’s balance sheet at fair 
value. The fair values of financial instruments are based on market prices where available or are estimated using other valuation 
techniques. Where they are short term in nature or re-price frequently, fair value approximates to carrying value. The fair value 
information presented does not represent the fair value of the Group as a going concern at 29 February 2024 or 28 February 2023.  
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
125 
 
35. 
Fair value of financial instruments (continued) 
 
2024 
2023 
 
Carrying value 
Fair value
Carrying value
Fair value
The Group 
£m 
£m
£m
£m
 
Assets: 
 
Loans and advances to customers 
4,518 
4,381
5,293 
5,240 
Cash and balances at central banks 
1,112 
1,112
546 
546 
Loans and advances to other banks 
- 
-
100 
100 
Investment Securities 
- 
-
50 
50 
 
 
 
Liabilities: 
 
 
 
Customer accounts 
4,165 
4,172
4,735 
4.739
Other deposits 
1,557 
1,561
1,212 
1,214 
Subordinated debt 
122 
136
122 
131 
 
2024 
2023 
 
Carrying value 
Fair value
Carrying value
Fair value
The Bank 
£m 
£m
£m
£m
 
 
 
 
Assets: 
 
 
 
 
Loans and advances to customers 
3,715 
3,534
4,555 
4,433 
Cash and balances at central banks 
1,078 
1,078
499 
499 
Loans and advances to other banks 
- 
-
100 
100 
Investment Securities 
- 
-
50 
50 
 
 
 
Liabilities: 
 
 
 
Customer accounts 
4,165 
4,172
4,735 
4,739 
Other deposits 
1,557 
1,561
1,212 
1,214 
Subordinated debt 
122 
136
122 
131 
 
The carrying value of other assets and other liabilities is a reasonable approximation of fair value. 
 
The fair value hierarchy classification adopted by the Group in respect of assets not presented in the Group’s balance sheet at fair value 
is shown in the following table: 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
Level 1
Level 2 
Level 3
Total 
Level 1 
Level 2 
Level 3 
Total 
At 29 February 2024 
£m
£m 
£m
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Loans and advances to customers 
-
4,381 
-
4,381
- 
3,534
-
3,534
Cash and balances at central banks 
-
1,112 
-
1,112
- 
1,078
-
1,078
Total assets 
-
5,493 
-
5,493
- 
4,612
-
4,612
 
 
Customer accounts 
-
4,172 
-
4,172
- 
4,172
-
4,172
Other deposits 
-
1,561 
-
1,561
- 
1,561
-
1,561
Subordinated debt 
136
- 
-
136
136 
-
-
136
Total liabilities 
136
5,733 
-
5,869
136 
5,733
-
5,869
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
126 
 
35. 
Fair value of financial instruments (continued) 
 
The Group 
The Bank 
Level 1
Level 2 
Level 3 
Total 
Level 1 
Level 2 
Level 3 
Total 
At 28 February 2023 
£m
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
 
 
 
 
Loans and advances to customers 
-
5,240 
- 
5,240
- 
4,433 
-
4,433
Cash and balances at central banks 
-
546 
- 
546
- 
499 
-
499
Loans and advances to other banks 
-
100 
- 
100
- 
100 
-
100
Total assets 
-
5,886 
- 
5,886
- 
5,032 
-
5,032
 
 
 
 
Customer accounts 
-
4,739 
- 
4,739
- 
4,739 
-
4,739
Other deposits 
-
1,214 
- 
1,214
- 
1,214 
-
1,214
Subordinated debt 
131
- 
- 
131
131 
- 
-
131
Total liabilities 
131
5,953 
- 
6,084
131 
5,953 
-
6,084
 
The estimated fair value of loans and advances represents the discounted amount of estimated future cash flows to be received. Cash 
flows are discounted at current market rates to determine fair value. The market rates used in discounting ensure a required level of 
return to market participants taking into account factors such as interest rate risk, credit risk and prepayment risk and therefore it is 
appropriate to discount contractual cash inflows by these amounts.  
 
For fixed interest-bearing deposits and other borrowings without quoted market price, valuations are based on discounted cash flows 
using market interest rates for new lending with similar remaining maturity. The estimated fair value of deposits with no stated 
maturity is the amount repayable on demand.  
 
36. 
Parent company  
 
The immediate and ultimate parent company and controlling party of the Bank is J Sainsbury plc, which is registered in England. Its 
registered office is 33 Holborn, London, EC1N 2HT. J Sainsbury plc forms the only group into which the financial statements of the Group 
are consolidated. Copies of the parent company’s financial statements may be obtained from www.about.sainsburys.co.uk.  
 
37. 
Share-based payments 
 
Accounting 
policy 
The Group, through schemes operated by its parent company J Sainsbury plc, provides benefits to employees 
(including Directors) in the form of equity-settled and cash-settled share-based payment transactions, whereby 
employees render services in exchange for shares, rights over shares or the value of those shares in cash terms. 
 
For equity-settled share-based payments the fair value of the employee services rendered is determined by 
reference to the fair value of the shares awarded or options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market 
vesting conditions. All share options are valued using an option-pricing model (Black-Scholes). This fair value is 
charged to the income statement over the vesting period of the share-based payment scheme with a 
corresponding increase to equity. 
 
The value of the charge is adjusted in the income statement over the remainder of the vesting period to reflect 
expected and actual levels of options vesting, with the corresponding adjustments made in equity and 
accruals. 
 
Income statement 
The Group recognised £6m (2023: £5m) of employee costs (note 7) related to share-based payment transactions made during the 
financial year. Of these, £nil (2023: £nil) were cash-settled.  
 
The parent company, J Sainsbury plc, operates various share-based payment schemes, in which employees of the Group participate. 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
127 
 
37. 
Share-based payments (continued) 
 
a. Savings Related Share Option Scheme (Sharesave) 
The Sainsbury’s Group operates a Savings-Related Share Option Scheme, which is open to all UK employees with more than three 
months’ continuous service. This is an approved HMRC Scheme and was established in 1980. Under Sharesave, participants remaining 
in the Sainsbury’s Group’s employment at the end of the three-year (and historically also five-year) savings period are entitled to use 
their savings to purchase shares in J Sainsbury plc at a pre-stated exercise price.  
 
Employees leaving for certain reasons can use their savings to purchase shares within six months of their leaving. 
 
 
2024  
Number of 
options 
2024
Weighted
average exercise
price
2023  
Number of 
options 
2023 
 Weighted 
average exercise 
price 
 
million 
pence
million 
pence 
Outstanding at end of year 
1.6 
188 
 
1.5 
176.2 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercisable at end of year 
- 
- 
0.2 
164.9 
Exercisable price range 
 
161 to 260 
 
161 to 260 
 
 
2024 
 
2023 
Weighted average share price at date of exercise 
 
267 
 
259 
Weighted average remaining contractual life 
 
2.3 years 
 
2.8 years 
Options granted during the year were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. No performance conditions were included 
in the fair value calculations. 
  
  
2024 
2023 
Share price at grant date  
  
300p 
226p 
Exercise price  
  
213p 
167p 
Expected volatility                                                                       
  
25.2% 
28.9% 
Option life                                                                                   
  
3.2 years 
3.2 years 
Expected dividend yield  
4.9% 
5.6% 
Risk-free interest rate                                                                  
  
5.3% 
3.0% 
Fair value per option                                                                  
  
66p 
57p 
The expected volatility is based on the standard deviation of the Group’s share price for the period immediately prior to the date of grant 
of award, over the period identical to the vesting period of the award, adjusted for management’s view of future volatility of the share 
price. 
b. Long-Term Incentive Plan  
Under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, shares in J Sainsbury plc are conditionally awarded to the senior leaders in the Company. The 
core awards are calculated as a percentage of the participants’ salaries and scaled according to grades.  
Performance is measured at the end of the three-year performance period. If the required performance conditions, which are 
financial and non-financial non-market conditions, have been met, the awards vest and the participants are able to exercise 100% 
of the awards received. For 2020 awards and prior, recipients were only able to receive 50% of their awards after 3 years and 50% 
of their awards after 4 years. From 2021 onwards, schemes vest and participants are able to exercise after 3 years.  Options granted 
will expire five years from the grant date.    
Dividends will accrue on the shares that vest in the form of additional shares, except for certain colleagues who are unable to 
receive dividend equivalents due to financial services regulations. For awards granted in and before the year ended 4 March 2023, 
a core share award was granted which could  grow by up to four times, dependent on the level of performance. For awards granted 
in the year to 2 March 2024, the maximum share award is allocated, and the award will vest between 0 per cent and 100 per cent 
based on performance against targets. Awards are structured as nil cost awards. 
  
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
128 
 
37. 
Share-based payments (continued) 
 
2024
2023
Million
Million
Outstanding at end of year 
3.1
1.9
 
 
2024
2023
Weighted average share price at date of exercise 
281 pence
233 pence
Weighted average remaining contractual life 
3.1 years
0.4 years
Options to acquire the award of shares were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. No performance conditions were 
included in the fair value calculations.  
c. 
Nil-cost Share Award 
The nil price share option schemes include Deferred Share Awards, Bonus Share Awards and other Conditional Awards.  
The last awards made under the Deferred Share Award plan were made in 2021. All options outstanding in 2023 were released to 
participants in 2024. 
Senior Leaders receive a percentage of their bonus award in shares. Before 2021, bonus awards had a three-year deferral period. 
However, awards granted from 2021 now have a deferral period of two years, except for certain colleagues who are subject to a 
deferral period due to financial services regulations. 
Other conditional awards relate to the retention and recruitment of Senior Leaders as part of the wider reward strategy. Awards 
vest, typically between one and three years, subject to participants remaining in employment at the vesting date.   
Dividends accrue on these shares and vest in the form of additional shares released at the end of the deferral period.  
 
2024 
2023
Million 
Million
Outstanding at end of year 
2.2 
1.9
 
 
2024
2023
Weighted average share price at date of exercise 
261 pence
230 pence
Weighted average remaining contractual life 
1.7 years
1.3 years
 
38. 
Related party transactions  
 
a) 
Transactions with related entities 
 
J Sainsbury plc 
The Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of J Sainsbury plc. From time to time the Treasury function of J Sainsbury plc places short term 
cash deposits with the Bank on an arm’s length basis, receiving interest in return. 
 
2024 
2023 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Transactions during the year 
 
 
Deposits by J Sainsbury plc: 
 
 
Interest payable by the Group 
2 
2 
 
 
Balances at end of year 
 
 
Deposits by J Sainsbury plc: 
 
 
Balance at the reporting date  
- 
- 
 
 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
129 
 
38. 
Related party transactions (continued) 
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets Limited 
Sainsbury’s Supermarkets Limited is a fellow subsidiary of J Sainsbury plc. Certain services are provided between the 2 entities. 
 
2024 
2023 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Transactions during the year 
 
 
Services provided by Sainsbury’s Supermarkets Limited: 
 
 
Management services  
24 
11 
 
 
Services provided to Sainsbury’s Supermarkets Limited: 
 
 
Management services 
- 
- 
 
 
Balances at end of year 
 
 
Payables: 
 
 
Management services  
(3) 
(9) 
Receivables: 
 
 
Tax losses surrendered 
22 
- 
 
 
Net intercompany (payable)/receivable 
19 
(9) 
 
Included within management services provided by Sainsbury’s Supermarkets Limited are amounts recharged to the Group for Nectar 
points.  
Argos Limited 
As described in note 23, Home Retail Group Card Services Limited and Home Retail Group Insurance Services Limited are subsidiaries 
of the Bank. These entities provide credit and insurance intermediary services on behalf or Argos Limited, a fellow subsidiary of J 
Sainsbury plc. Fees are payable and receivable under a transfer pricing agreement. Additionally, short term intercompany balances 
can exist where amounts are paid by or on behalf of Argos Limited, including in respect of retail sales made in Argos Limited stores 
financed by credit plans offered by Home Retail Group Card Services Limited.e 
2024 
2023 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Transactions during the year 
 
 
Fees receivable by the Group in respect of services provided  
31 
1 
 
 
Balances at end of year 
 
 
Payables 
(11) 
(22) 
Receivables 
47 
6 
 
 
Net intercompany receivable / (payable) 
36 
(16) 
b) 
Transactions with key management personnel 
The key management personnel of the Group comprise members of the Sainsbury’s Bank Board and the Executive Committees of all 
Group companies, who held office during the year.  The key management personnel compensation is as follows: 
2024 
2023 
The Group 
£m 
£m 
 
 
Short term employee benefits 
6.0 
4.4 
Pension contributions 
0.1 
- 
Termination benefits 
- 
1.3 
Share-based payments 
2.9 
1.5 
9.0 
7.2 
 

Notes to the financial statements (continued) 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
130 
 
38. 
Related party transactions (continued) 
Short term employee benefits represent salary, bonus and benefits in kind. Share-based payments relates to share schemes operated 
by J Sainsbury plc (see note 37). 
In the current year, there are no additional short term employee benefits met by another J Sainsbury plc group company (2023: £nil).  
Product transactions 
Details of transactions, under terms and conditions available to all colleagues, between the Group and key management personnel are 
provided below. For this purpose, key management personnel include the Group key management personnel and members of their 
close families.  
 
Number of key 
management 
personnel 
Directors 
Other 
The Group 
£000 
£000 
 
 
 
Credit cards and term loans 
 
 
 
At 28 February 2022 
3
1 
2 
Resignations during 2022/23 
(1)
- 
(6) 
Appointments/ New accounts during 2022/23 
3
- 
- 
Amounts advanced during the year 
-
16 
68 
Interest Charged 
-
- 
1 
Amounts repaid during the year 
-
(15) 
(61) 
At 28 February 2023 
5
2 
4 
Resignations during 2023/24 
-
- 
- 
Appointments/ New accounts during 2023/24 
1
- 
23 
Amounts advanced during the year 
-
17 
81 
Interest Charged 
-
- 
1 
Amounts repaid during the year 
(1)
(17) 
(85) 
At 29 February 2024 
5
2 
24 
 
Based on the Companies Act definition of Loans to Directors, total lending outstanding at 29 February 2024 was £nil (2023: £nil). 
 
Number of key
management
personnel
Directors 
Other 
The Group 
£000 
£000 
Savings and deposit accounts 
 
 
 
At 28 February 2022 
2
- 
36 
Resignations during 2022/23 
-
- 
- 
Appointments/ New accounts during 2022/23 
-
- 
- 
Amounts deposited during the year 
-
- 
49 
Interest paid 
-
- 
- 
Amounts withdrawn during the year 
-
- 
(60) 
At 28 February 2023 
2
- 
25 
Resignations during 2023/24 
(2)
- 
(25) 
Appointments/ New accounts during 2023/24 
-
- 
- 
Amounts deposited during the year 
-
- 
- 
Interest paid 
-
- 
- 
Amounts withdrawn during the year 
-
- 
- 
At 29 February 2024 
-
- 
- 
 

Alternative performance measures 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
131 
 
In the reporting of financial information, the Directors use various alternative performance measures (APMs) which they believe 
provide additional useful information for understanding the financial performance and financial health of the Group. These APMs 
should be considered in addition to and are not intended to substitute for IFRS measurements. As they are not defined by International 
Financial Reporting Standards, they may not be directly comparable with other companies who use similar measures. All of the 
following APMs relate to the current period’s results and comparative periods where provided.  
 
The Group also discloses a number of capital and liquidity metrics relevant to its financial position which are required under prudential 
rules issued by the PRA and FCA. The bases of calculation of those metrics is defined within the relevant legislation and are disclosed 
in the Glossary.  
 
 
APM 
 
Definition/Purpose 
Reconciliation 
Underlying profit 
before tax 
Profit before tax before any 
items recognised which, by 
virtue of their size and/or 
nature, do not reflect the 
Group’s underlying 
performance 
 
A reconciliation of underlying profit before tax is provided in Note 9 of the 
financial statements 
Financial services 
group contribution  
Underlying contribution 
before net amounts 
payable to Argos  
A reconciliation of financial services underlying profit before tax is provided in 
the summary income statement in the financial review 
Net interest margin 
(NIM) 
Net interest income as a 
percentage of average 
interest-earning assets 
 
 
Ref 
 
2024 
 
2023 
Interest income £m 
IS Rec 
493 
394 
Interest expense £m 
IS Rec 
(193) 
(74) 
Underlying Net Interest Income £m 
 
300 
320 
 
 
 
 
Monthly average interest earning 
assets £m* 
 
6,444 
6,271 
 
 
 
 
Underlying NIM 
 
4.7% 
5.1% 
* Monthly average interest earning assets is not presented in the financial statements. The 
average balance at Feb-24 is £6,444m (2023: £6,271m) made up of; 
 - Average loans & advances to customers £4,970m (2023: £5,178m)  
 - Average treasury assets £1,474m (2023: £1,094m)  
Bad debt asset 
ratio (BDAR) 
 
 
Impairment losses as a 
percentage of the average 
net balance of loans and 
advances to customers 
 
 
Ref 
 
2024 
 
2023 
Impairment losses £m 
IS Rec 
102 
107 
 
 
 
 
Monthly average customer lending 
£m* 
 
4,970 
5,178 
 
 
 
 
BDAR 
 
2.1% 
2.1% 
 
 
 
 
*Monthly average customer lending is not presented in the financial statements.  
 
 
 
 
 
 

Alternative performance measures 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
132 
 
 
APM 
 
Definition/Purpose 
Reconciliation 
Cost: income Ratio 
Underlying operating 
expenses as a percentage 
of total income 
 
 
Ref 
 
2024 
 
2023 
Operating expenses £m 
IS Rec 
466 
298 
Non-underlying items £m 
Note 9 
(169) 
(6) 
Underlying FS expenses £m 
 
297 
292 
 
 
 
 
Total FS Income £m* 
IS Rec 
445 
456 
 
 
 
 
Cost: Income ratio 
 
67% 
64% 
 
Return on capital 
employed 
Underlying profit after 
tax divided by average 
equity  
 
 
 
Ref 
 
2024 
 
2023 
Underlying FS uPBT before tax £m 
IS Rec 
47 
58 
Notional tax charge £m 
 
(12) 
(11) 
Underlying FS profit after tax £m 
 
35 
47 
 
 
 
 
Monthly average equity £m* 
 
852 
854 
 
 
 
 
Return on tangible equity 
 
4.1%
5.5% 
 
 
 
 
*Monthly average equity is not presented in the financial statements.  
 
 
 
 
In the above table, IS Rec refers to the income statement reconciliation presented below. This highlights expected differences 
between the statutory view and the above alternative performance measures driven from discontinued operation. 
Reconciliation management view to statutory view 
The APMs above and financial review utilise management view rather than statutory view. A reconciliation has been provided 
to reconcile the summary income statement on page 27 to the consolidated statutory income statement on page 54. 
Summary income statement 
2024 
Management
view
 
Discontinued 
operations 
Non-underlying 
items 
Statutory 
adjustments 
Statutory
view 
 
 
 
 
£m
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Net interest income 
300  
(12) 
(21) 
1  
268  
Net fees and commissions income 
-  
-  
-  
133  
133  
Other operating income 
145  
(1) 
42  
(152) 
34  
Income 
445  
(13) 
21  
(18) 
435  
Expenses  
(297) 
2  
(203) 
(1) 
(499) 
Profit on financial instruments 
1  
-  
-  
-  
1  
Profit / (loss) before impairments 
149  
(11) 
(182) 
(19) 
(63) 
Impairment losses on financial assets 
(102) 
-  
  
-  
(102) 
FS group contribution1 
47  
(11) 
(182) 
(19) 
(165) 
Less amounts recognised in Argos 
(19) 
-  
 
19  
-  
Profit / (loss) before taxation 
28  
(11) 
(182) 
-  
(165) 
Less: items excluded from underlying results 
(189) 
7  
182  
-  
-  
Statutory (loss) /  profit before taxation 
(161) 
(4) 
-  
-  
(165) 
Taxation 
  
1  
- 
38  
39  
Statutory (loss) / profit after tax from 
continuing operations 
  
(3) 
- 
38 
(126) 
1Underlying FS group contribution represents our profit before net royalties paid to Argos 
 

Alternative performance measures 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
133 
 
Summary income statement 
2023 
Management
view
 
Discontinued 
operations 
Non-underlying 
items 
Statutory 
adjustments 
Statutory
view 
 
 
 
 
£m
£m 
£m 
£m 
£m 
Net interest income 
320  
(18) 
-  
-  
302  
Net fees and commissions income 
 - 
-  
-  
98  
98  
Other operating income 
136  
(1) 
-  
(107) 
28  
Income 
456  
(19) 
-  
(9) 
428  
Expenses  
(292) 
1  
(5) 
-  
(296) 
Profit on financial instruments 
1  
-  
 - 
-  
1  
Profit / (loss) before impairments 
165  
(18) 
(5) 
(9) 
133  
Impairment losses on financial assets 
(107) 
(2) 
 - 
-  
(109) 
FS group contribution1 
58  
(20) 
(5) 
(9) 
24  
Less amounts recognised in Argos 
(9) 
- 
- 
9  
-  
Profit / (loss) before taxation 
49  
(20) 
(5) 
-  
24  
Less: items excluded from underlying results 
(5) 
-  
5  
  
-  
Statutory (loss) / profit before taxation 
44  
(20) 
-  
-  
24  
Taxation 
  
4  
-  
(11) 
(7) 
Statutory (loss) / profit after tax from 
continuing operations 
  
(16) 
-  
(11) 
17  
1Underlying FS group contribution represents our profit before net royalties paid to Argos 
 
Reconciliation discontinued operations 
The discontinued operations presented in Note 14 shows the statutory profit and loss after tax from discontinued operations 
and management views of the loss before tax inclusive of funding costs and overheads. Funding costs are determined via the 
Bank’s transfer pricing model used for internal reporting.  Overheads are allocated on a consistent basis to the impairment 
calculations outlined in note 21.   
 
2024
 
2023 
£m
£m 
Profit after tax from discontinued operations 
3  
16 
Less: Internal Funding Costs 
 (8) 
 (10) 
Less: Overheads 
(5)  
(11) 
Loss before tax of mortgages business inclusive of funding costs and 
overheads 
(3)  
(5) 

Glossary 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
134 
 
Bad debt asset ratio – Impairment losses as a percentage of the average net balance of loans and advances to customers. 
 
Tier 1 capital - A measure of the Group’s financial strength as defined by the PRA. It captures Common Equity Tier 1 capital plus other 
Tier 1 securities in issue, but is subject to a deduction in respect of material holdings in financial companies. 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio - Tier 1 capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets. 
 
Cost: income ratio (underlying) – Underlying operating expenses as a percentage of total income. 
 
Debt securities – Assets held by the Group representing certificates of indebtedness of credit institutions, public bodies or other 
undertakings, excluding those issued by central banks. 
 
Earnings at risk - Approach set out for the quantification of interest rate risk expressed as the impact of the sensitivity analysis on the 
change to net interest income. 
 
Effective interest rate - The effective interest rate method calculates the amortised cost of a financial asset or financial liability and 
allocates the interest income over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future 
cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset or financial liability. 
 
Encumbered Asset - An asset is defined as encumbered if it has been pledged as collateral against an existing or off-balance sheet 
liability and therefore is no longer available for disposal or as collateral to support liquidity or funding requirements of the Group. 
 
Fair value – The amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between willing parties in an arm’s length 
transaction. 
 
Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) – The UK’s independent statutory compensation fund for customers of authorised 
financial services firms and pays compensation if a firm is unable to pay claims against it. The FSCS is funded by management 
expenses levies and, where necessary, compensation levies on authorised firms. 
 
Full time equivalent - The hours worked by part time employees are accumulated along with the number of full time employees and 
counted as full time equivalents. This is a more consistent measure of the amount of time worked than employee numbers which will 
fluctuate as the mix of part time and full time employees changes. 
 
Impaired loans - Impaired loans are loans for which all the full contractual cash flows are no longer expected to be collected or 
collection of such cash flows will not be as they are contractually due. 
 
Impairment losses - An impairment loss is the reduction in value that arises after the impairment review of an asset that determines 
that the asset’s value is lower than its carrying value. 
 
Interest rate risk - The risk of a reduction in the value of earnings or assets resulting from an adverse movement in interest rates. 
 
Loans past due – These are loans for which a customer has failed to make payment as and when they are contractually due. 
 
Leverage ratio – CET 1 capital divided by the exposure measure. 
 
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) - Percentage of the stock of highly liquid assets such as cash to net cash outflow over a 30-day period.  
 
Loans to deposits ratio - The ratio of loans and advances to customers net of allowance for impairment losses divided by customer 
deposits. 
 
Master netting agreement - An agreement between two counterparties that have multiple derivative contracts with each other that 
provides for the net settlement of all contracts through a single payment, in a single currency, in the event of default on, or termination 
of, any one contract. 
 
Net interest margin - Net interest margin is net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. 
 

Glossary 
 
Sainsbury’s Bank plc Annual Report and Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 
135 
 
Net stable funding ratio - Amount of available stable funding (ASF) relative to the amount of required stable funding (RSF) over a one 
year time horizon, assuming a stressed scenario. 
 
Repurchase agreements - An agreement where one party, the seller, sells a financial asset to another party, the buyer, at the same 
time the seller agrees to reacquire and the buyer to resell the asset at a later date. From the seller’s perspective such agreements are 
repurchase agreements (repos) and they are reverse repurchase agreements (reverse repos) from the buyer’s perspective. 
 
Return on capital employed (underlying) – Underlying profit after tax divided by average equity 
 
Securitisation – This is a process by which a group of assets, usually loans, are aggregated into a pool, which is used to back the 
issuance of new securities. 
 
tCO2e – tonnes of CO2 equivalent